Home

Monitor Audio EN 50020 Specifications

Contents

1. cssss 165 Corrections and Known Limitations csseseesesssseesseeseesseessenssenees 172 C OFLECHONS Sissies Ws HH edie E ES es E EEEE E Earias 172 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 cccccccessseseesesseseeeees 172 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0 G oie 196 Version 7 5 0 J System Limitations 00 0 cssseesscseseceseesesesseseessssseesseaneseaess 203 vi wy POLYCOM New Hardware RMX 1500 A new MCU has been added to the RMX family of MCUs New Hardware RMX 1500 POLYCOM RMX 1500 It has the key features of the RMX 2000 and RMX 4000 with the following additions changes Table 1 RMX 1500 Additions and Changes O rene a o New card New cards and modified components have been added to the Hardware System Capacity One MPMx media card is installed on the system and this is reflected in the e Network Services e Video Voice Port Configuration e Resource Report RMX Type Indication RMX Banner and Welcome heading display the RMX Type accordingly 4 Hardware Monitor New and dedicated slots New card properties For detailed description of the new MCU attributes see Detailed Description RMX 1500 on page 31 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J New Hardware MPMx Media Card The new MPMx card Media Processing Module when installed in RMX running Version 7 5 0 J offers e Inc
2. View Participant Sent Video View Participant Received Video Request Intra for Received Video Request Intra for Sent Video Request Intra for Received Sent Video Copy Participant Cut Participant Participant Properties View Participant Sent Video to display the video sent from the participant to the conference View Participant Received Video to display the video sent from the conference to the participant The Video Preview window opens F http 172 22 189 134 Site Monitoring Microsoft Internet Explorer E Done rmene 4 If the video card installed in the PC does not support DirectDraw Acceleration a black window may be viewed 118 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features For more a full description of Click amp View see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Getting Started Guide Personal Layout Selection with Click amp View on page 3 83 119 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM Message Overlay Guidelines Message Overlay allows messages to be sent to all participants in an ongoing conference A maximum of 24 Unicode characters can be sent as a Message Overlay Message Overlay e Message Overlay is supported in continuous Presence CP conferences in Same Layout mode in encrypted conferences Message Overlay is not supported in Lecture mode Participants that have the
3. cccseceeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 Adding Trusted Certificates and CRLs to the Certification Repository 51 Trusted Certificates cs scaissisystiteessiyecadecuasssavexeuastssesstosnsiveaouncbslesaneynnsatancgdonentaoubaaees 51 Adding Trusted Certificates i siccccssesns scapecheniusspssvestssopbenesescsovsensducdovevenzeevtveses 52 Personal Certificates Management and Signaling Certificates oe 54 CRL Certificate Revocation List occ escseseeessesesesseececssseeesssarseaseeeesasaees 54 Adding a CRG ereer ina a E dices E ERE 54 REMOVING a CR desscesctuss sacsavsccatavssni vel niae e a a A 55 Machine AcCOuUn asier ieren ien iE en EENE ERTER a eaS 57 G idelines saroien iieri renr enana nE E E EEA AE EREET iR araia 57 Integration with Microsoft Active Directory ssssssssesssisssesstessresstesrrentensneerresse 59 Directory and Database Options sss ssssssesssissessestisresresrtriesisresnterienisnrsneereenesnes 59 Ultra Secure Mode sendesas e A ES 59 Standard Sec rity Mode sisi cssts sunsssavteincess n scy Gens htietseasettolesanetbsonvsnnes 59 Guidelines siisii innne nA E E a a E 59 Enabling Active Directory Integration cccsesseeseeeeessescsesteeseseesesessecenenesesaes 60 Multiple Networks s 0c03 nosed nadine a nate 62 G ideliNeS orrie iiien iia e ini e a e E Er E Ee E A a aiia en ii Eni 63 Resource Allocation and Capacity sssessesiesissesssesseriesrsrresrerenrrssrenresrenessrens 64 First Time Installation and Con
4. SUPPORT 1680547814 Factoyy_Video Profile z automatic New Conference Template 115 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Video Preview RMX users can preview the video sent from the participant to the conference MCU and the video sent from the conference to the participant It enables the RMX users to monitor the quality of the video sent and received by the participant and identify possible quality degradation The video preview is displayed in a separate window independent to the RMX Web Client All Web Client functionality is enabled and conference and participant monitoring as well as all other user actions can be performed while the video preview window is open and active Live video is shown in the preview window as long as the window is open The preview window closes automatically when the conference ends or when participant disconnects from the conference It can also be closed manually by the RMX user Video Preview Guidelines 116 e Video preview is available in Continuous Presence and Video Switching conferences e Video preview window size and resolution are adjusted to the resolution of the PC that displays the preview e Video Preview of the video sent from the conference to the participant is shown according to the line rate and video parameters of the level threshold to which the participant is connected I
5. Translations of some of the 14836 fields in the New Conference dialog box are missing Multilingual VNGR Translation of the entries 14338 Copy Conference and past Conference in the Conference right click menu is missing Multilingual VNGR Translation of some of the 14567 fields in the Upgrade windows and dialog box are missing Multilingual VNGR The translation of the 14800 Create Certificate button in the IP Network Service SIP Server tab is missing 277 Multilingual VNGR Several fields in the 14335 Conference Profile dialog box have not been translated 282 Multilingual VNGR Japanese translation is 15812 missing in some of the IVR Service dialog boxes 244 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Multilingual VNGR On RMX with Operator 16429 Conference selected in profile when trying to delete a running conference the popup message is displayed in mixed English and Japanese Multilingual VNGR The Display Name of 5151 undefined dial in participant using HDX and VSX 7000 endpoints is displayed in English in the RMX Web Client Multilingual VNGR Multilingual Settings are 5310 not reflected on the Shelf Management login page and the multilingual flags appear in the Shelf Manager window even when they have not been selected in the Multilingual Settings pane Partners RMX disconnects MOC Install the RMX Microsoft ICE Call be
6. Changes to Existing Features cccssssecseesseeeeseeeeeeeees 9 Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables cccssseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneenees 13 Devices ss scerszscsscscscxeces te sntsepteseussxcveseessepteacecutssneduccsuvecacescsubatessscvspesscnesedhstestytysetevesteranssateses 13 Polycom RMX and Avaya Interoperability 0 0 0 eects eeeeececeeeeseeeeeses 15 RMX Web CHOI E enserir sosssesavers vosssevesenpsedenesospvensnotesyuexenovesytesdvodpsvnesaneroentesunttorde 16 Windows 7 Security Settings occ secsssesesescsceesesescscsesescecessnseseecscsnansneceeeees 16 Internet Explorer 8 Configuration 0 cece cecseeeececseeeeteceeseeeeneneseseneneneeeey 18 Polycom Solution SUpport c c csessesesssentecsssosesseosesescesnssdsosensvonobsssssvonnbseaseoeetvenabeas 20 Unstipported Features 2 2 nists nantes n N R a 21 Workstation REQUITCICIIS seporin ieiet ioiii tins erai E e En E NETE E E ENESES 21 Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Package Contents ccccccssssssseneeeeseeeeeeeeeees 22 Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure ssssssesennnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 23 Uperade Paths to Version 7 00 merrier a iais 23 Upgrading from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 sss sssssssssessssisrsssserisrisrrsresreeresnrsnees 23 Upgrading from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 s ssssssessssissesssssiesrsrresrssiesrerresresnessere 26 Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 eccscscseeseee
7. G Ve oey Media Card 2 Port 1 IP Address Media Card 2 Port 2 IP Address iva fooiooss SS iva faaoo SSS Subnet Mask E gt Hetworking gt P Network Service Name joz gt Routers ie 1P Network Type mase E oy Conferencing p Sionaling Host IP Address gt Gatekeeper pee Ane gt Ports gt BS Berens edie Card 1 Port 1 IP Address Nedia Card 1 Port 2 IP Address gt Security y Be gt SIP Advanced Vas aenar Media Gard 2 Port 1 Ip Address Media Gard 2 Port 2 IP address pe foo es Ooo p Medie Card 3 Port 1 IP Address p Medie Card 3 Port 2 IP Address pua nnn E p Media Card4 Port 1 IP Address Nedie Card 4 Port 2 IP Address ra foo ea 0000 Subnet Mask pms 3 Define the following fields Table 20 Default IP Network Service IP Network Service Enter the IP Network Service name Name Note This field is displayed in all IP Signaling dialog boxes and can contain character sets that use Unicode encoding IP Network Type Select the IP Network environment You can select H 323 For an H 323 only Network Service SIP For a SIP only Network Service H 323 amp SIP For an integrated IP Service Both H 323 and SIP participants can connect to the MCU using this service Note This field is displayed in all Default IP Service tabs Signaling Host IP Enter the address to be used by IP endpoints when Address dialing into the
8. Guidelines sessirnir enn a i EEA E EE E E E E EE 147 RMX Configuratio Meisce aisee eaaa a E a 147 Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features ccssecsssseeeees 149 RMX Resource Management by CMA and DMA sssssssssssissssrsssisrerresrssresresresrrsresses 150 Guidelines s oree Ee i E E ETETEN EE EEE 150 Immersive Telepresence ITP Enhancements 00 ccceesesescsesesesescseeeeseecseseseaeees 151 Changes to the New Profile Dialog BOX s sssssssssssesssissesrseresrrsresnesrierresrsrrssserees 151 Automatic detection of Immersive Telepresence ITP Sites 0 0 0 0 151 WW POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Retrieving the Telepresence Layout Mode o ceeecesesesecseeseeesesereeseees 152 Monitoring Telepresence Mode o 0 cceccssseseseseeeesesescsesesesesescseaeseseecscseseaeaeees 153 Monitoring Ongoing Conferences 00 0 0 cceccsssesesescscsesesesesescseseseecseseneaeseees 153 Monitoring Participant Properties cece ceseeseseseseseeseeeecseeeseseeeeeeees 153 Striping OP tlOms sc cef ss ccscseesescsvovssssnayydecess sestavccas ex cuedeshseessacnsssvecsiet es evsesenepecesbestocarsee 154 Horizontal Striping seres reri ane i e E E E ariii 154 Asymmetric Letter box Cropping ss se sssessssissressisressesrerresresnesrenrisnesnesreene 154 Gathering Phase with ITP Room Systems s ss ssessesssesserissisresreresrrsrresresres 154 All layouts availa
9. Interoperability When using an RMX MCU and a Codian MCU together each with one ISDN endpoint connected the endpoint connected to the Codian MCU displays a horizontally stretched picture a Interoperability Can t connect Sony PCS 1600s over ISDN 11672 2219 Interoperability An lpower v6 2 0 1208 endpoint connecting to an 11854 RMX with Siren 14 or G722 1 audio algorithm 2258 receives garbled chopped audio 47 Interoperability RMX audio is muted or garbled when dialing from 11881 PVX endpoints to other endpoints via the RMX 2277 Interoperability On an RMX 2000 ver 3 xx with an H 323i Power ver 6 2 endpoint connected at a 256Kbps line rate the audio from iPower is garbled Interoperability Tandberg 1700 and Edge95 MXP SIP endpoints cannot transmit video from conferences set to Auto Layout and when the line rate exceeds 1024 Kbps Occasionally problems are encountered with the Gatekeeper and memory The process recovers seamlessly without effecting the overall experience Latency is always shown as 0 in the Participant s Connection Status 52 P o After definition the Static Route malfunctions 12288 ISDN Occasionally RMX with MPM cards and the audio 13653 video slider is set to 180 audio has limited inbound VNGFE audio only calls through ISDN to 46 participants 2224 The 47th participant that connects hear a fast busy tone This limitation is cleared when the system is reset ISDN No Voice Activat
10. RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued Pare Detected Workaroun camo Mey pesenpton gore General VNGR In the Web Client set to V7 0 15932 Japanese when selecting Software download click Browse you cannot view the binary download file General VNGR When accessing the V7 0 15933 English version of the RMX Web Client when viewing properties of the conference profile some of the fields are in Japanese General VNGR In the RMX Web Client V7 0 15934 when creating a new gateway profile and clicking OK a wrong message appears Conference name already exists The message should be Failed to add Gateway Profile Display name already exists General VNGR After upgrading the RMXto V7 0 15949 version 7 0 RMX IP address is not displayed General VNGR In the Management V7 0 15950 Network Properties IP tab when selecting ON Secured Communication and clicking OK the popup message states RMS instead of RMX General VNGR When Dialing in froma V7 0 15951 PSTN participant to an EQ when entering the DTMF the participant cannot connect General VNGR When viewing the V7 0 15952 properties of the Entry Queue when selecting IVR service provider only and clicking OK when re opening the Entry Queue properties the IVR service provider only is not selected 178
11. The RMX Web Client displays the Signaling Host IP Address and MCU Prefix in GK parameters as defined in the Default H 323 Network Service Video Voice Port Configuration and Resolution Configuration These configurations are set for the system and are applied to all the Network Services Conference Profile Registration of conferencing entities such as ongoing conferences Meeting Rooms Entry Queues SIP Factories and Gateway Sessions with SIP servers is done per conferencing entity This allows better control on the number of entities that register with each SIP server by selecting for each of the conferencing entities whether it will register with the SIP server wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features The registration is defined in the Conference Profile Network Services tab New Profile n m gt General E advanced Display Name Weekly gt Gathering Settings Line Rate 384 Kbps _y gt Video Quality gt Video Settings Re nudo Setia 1P gai Services A shins Service Name SIP Registration Accept calls gt IVR IP Network Ser T K gt Recording gt Network Services In the IP Network Services table the system lists all the defined Network Services one or several depending on the system configuration e To register the conferencing entity to which this profile is assigned to a Network Service in the Registration column click the check box of that Ne
12. For more information see Max Resolution Pane on page 46 155 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM Auto Layout Changes In previous versions In Auto Layout mode the same video layout 1 7 i was displayed when the number of participants was 8 or more In this version two additional layouts are activated in Auto Layout mode when 11 and 12 participants are connected to the conference The following table summarizes the default layout selection according to the number of participants connected to the conference Table 4 Auto Layout Default Layouts Number of Video Participants Auto Layout Default Settings ee ee In layout 2 8 the two central windows display the last two speakers in the conference the current speaker and the previous speaker To minimize the changes in the layout when a new speaker is identified the previous speaker is replaced by the new speaker while the current speaker remains in his her window Click amp View Changes 156 The video layout options available for 9 participants has changed The following table summarizes the Video Layout options available via Click amp View Table 5 Video Layout Options DTMF Code Layout Options wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Table 5 Video Layout Options Continued DTMF Code Layout Options System Configuration Auto Layout Flags Two new
13. Horizontal Striping Asymmetric Letter box Cropping Asymmetric Letter box Cropping is used by the RMX in order to preserve the aspect ratio of video for all Telepresence Modes 4 3 F ie Asymmetric gt ae Letter box Cropping Gathering Phase with ITP Room Systems When a conference is configured to include a Gathering Phase only one endpoint name is displayed for the ITP room in the connected participant list of the Gathering slide The ITP room endpoint with the suffix 1 in its name receives the Gathering slide All layouts available to all participants In previous versions additional layouts were available only to TPX endpoints In this version all layouts are available to all endpoints on both conference layout and Personal Layout levels Aspect ratio for standard endpoints Standard endpoints non ITP receive video from the RMX with the same aspect ratio as that which they transmitted to the RMX Video Fade is enabled for all Telepresence conferences Video Fade disabled for Telepresence conferences in previous versions is enabled for all Telepresence conferences 3 POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Limiting Maximum Resolution The Maximum Resolution settings of the Resolution Configuration dialog box can be overridden by new fields that have been included in the New Profile and New Participant dialog boxes The Maximum Resolution field in the New Profile Video Quali
14. Information gt Background Color 7 gt Recording E Display Repetition El m gt Network Services Display Position zl Display Speed 7 lt 4 Preview ze Ee 3 Select the Enable check box 4 Modify the following fields as set out in Table 11 As the fields are modified the Preview changes to show the effect of the changes For example Small Text White on red Top Middle Small Text White on yellow Bottom Table 9 Conference Properties Message Overlay cs Content Enter a message of up to 24 Unicode characters Font Size Select the size of the Message Overlay text from the drop down menu options e Small e Medium e Large Default Small Note In some languages for example Russian when large font size is selected both rolling and static messages may be truncated if the message length exceeds the resolution width 121 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 122 Sa POLYCOM Table 9 Conference Properties Message Overlay Continued ee Display Repetition Display Position Display Speed Select the color of the text and background of the Message Overlay from the following drop down menu options Default White text on pale blue background Click the arrows to increase or decrease the number of times that the Message Overlay is to be repeated Default 3 Select the position for the display of the Message
15. MXP endpoints connect with resolution of 960x720 while identical H 323 MXP endpoints connect with resolution of 720p Interoperability In a conference with AES V5 0 0 LPR and Video Clarity enabled H 320 HDX8006 HDX9004 endpoints send Content in H 263 only Interoperability Tandberg MXP endpoint V5 0 0 receives ghosted video from HDX9004 endpoint during H 323 conference Interoperability DST K60 endpoint V5 0 0 Set the system receives tiled video from flag HDX9004 endpoint during SEND_WIDE_ H 323 conference RES_TO_IPto NO to force the system to send ACIF Interoperability Tandberg C20 endpoint V5 0 0 periodically displays fast updates in HD1080p conferences Interoperability Tandberg 6000 E and B V5 0 0 series H 320 endpoints do not connect to conferences when encryption is enabled Interoperability HDX endpoint connected V5 0 0 via H 320 does not receive Content from Tandberg MXP endpoint connected via H 323 Interoperability In a conference running at V4 6 aline rate of 1728 Kbps set to Same Layout when PVX VSX7000 participants connect in CIF264 263 an error message appears 226 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations eae Detected Interoperability Artifacts appear on V6 0 LifeSize RM1_4 5 1 15 endpoint connected via SIP or H 323 to a 2Mbps conference with Video Quality set to Sharpness running on the RMX 2000 in MPM mode The LifeSize e
16. Overlay on the endpoint screen e Top e Middle e Bottom Default Bottom Select whether the Message Overlay is static or repeating e Static e Slow e Fast Default Slow Click the OK button Content Broadcast Control prevents the accidental interruption or termination of H 239 Content that is being shared in a conference wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Content Broadcast Control Content Broadcast Control prevents the accidental interruption or termination of H 239 Content that is being shared in a conference Content Broadcast Control achieves this by giving Content Token ownership to a specific endpoint via the RMX Web Client Other endpoints are not able to send content until Content Token ownership has been transferred to another endpoint via the RMX Web Client Guidelines e Content Broadcast Control is supported in MPM and MPMx card configuration modes e Content Broadcast Control is supported in CP and Video Switching conferences e Content Broadcast Control is supported in H 323 environments Only the selected Content Token owner may send content and Content Token requests from other endpoints are rejected e Content Token ownership is valid until Itis canceled by an administrator operator or chairperson using the RMX Web Client The owner releases it The endpoint of the Content Token owner disconnects from the conference e Anadministrator operator or chairperson
17. RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J RMX Web Client The following table lists the environments Web Browsers and Operating Systems with which the RMX Web Client was tested Table 8 Environment Interoperability Table Web Browser Operating System Internet Explorer 6 Windows XP Windows XP Internet Explorer 7 Windows Vista Windows 7 Security Settings If Windows 7 is installed on the workstation Protected Mode must be disabled before downloading the Version 7 0 software to the workstation To disable Protected Mode 1 Inthe Internet Options dialog box click the Security tab The Security tab is displayed Genera Security privacy Content Connections I Programs Advanced Select a zone to view or change security settings V 9 Localintranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet This zone is for Internet websites except those listed in trusted and restricted zones Security level for this zone Allowed levels for this zone Medium to High Medium high Appropriate for most websites Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded E Enable Protected Mode requires restarting Internet Explorer Custom level Default level 16 wy POLYCOM 2 3 Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables Clear the Enable Protected Mode check box for each of the
18. or having reason to be known will utilize them in the design development or production of nuclear chemical or biological weapons or iii to anyone on the U S Treasury Departments list of Spedally Designated Nationals or the U S Commerce Deparment s Table of Denial Orders By downloading or using the SOFTWARE PRODUCT you are agreeing to the foregoing and you are representing and warranting that you are not located in under the control of or a national or resident of any such country or on any such list If you obtained this SOFTWARE PRODUCT outside of the United States you are also agreeing that you will not export or re export it in violation of the laws of the country in which it was obtained You further acknowledge that the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may include technical data subjectto export and re export restrictions imposed by US law 11 MISCELLANEOUS 11 1 Governing Law This Agreement shall be govemed by the laws of the state of Califomia as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within Califomia between California residents and by the laws of the United States without reference to conflict of laws principles The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods 1980 and the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act UCITA are hereby excluded in their entirety from application to this Agreement 11 2 Entire Agreement This Agreement represents the complete agreement con
19. participant connections e Video Quality Optimized Video is optimized through higher resolution connections at lower line rates increasing the resource usage at lower line rates This may decrease the number of participant connections Use this option when the priority is to use higher video resolutions while decreasing the number of participant connections e Manual The administrator adjusts the sliders to accommodate local conferencing requirements Sharpness and Motion Resolution Slider Panes Sharpness and Motion are Video Quality settings that are selected per conference and are defined in the conference Profile and they determine the resolution matrix that will be applied globally to all conferences according to the selection of Sharpness or Motion S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features The resolution matrix for Sharpness or Motion is determined by the resolution configuration and can be viewed in the Resolution Configuration sliders System Resource usage is affected by the Resolution Configuration settings Example As shown in following diagram Sharpness CIF 30 1 Resource 1 1 Se aa N TE xt RPE e pun A e 64 kbps 64 28 256 8 68 80 536 920 2560 8192 SD 30 1 5 Resources 256 kbps SSS HD 720p30 3 Resources esas ee f f a Se eae eee ee i St 0 Go ea a 2 ae Pe cls is e Moving the HD720p30 resolution slider from 1024kbps to 1920kbps increases the minimum connection threshold line rate for that re
20. service type to indicate its selection as default To set this IP Network Service for both H 323 and SIP connections repeat step 2 and select the option you need The following icons are used to indicate the default IP Network Service type Table 1 1 Default IP Network Service Icons Ce This Network Service supports both SIP and H 323 connections and is designated as default for both SIP and H 323 connections This Network Service supports both SIP and H 323 connections and is designated as default for H 323 connections This Network Service supports both SIP and H 323 connections and is designated as default for SIP connections This Network Service supports only H 323 connections and is set as default for H 323 connections This Network Service supports only SIP connections and is set as default for SIP connections Ethernet Settings The RMX 2000 is set to automatically identify the speed and transmit receive mode of each LAN ports located on the RTM LAN or RTM ISDN cards that are added to the system These port settings can be manually configured if the specific switch requires it via the Ethernet Settings as for RMX 1500 4000 For more details see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Ethernet Settings on page 14 30 RMX 1500 The Port numbers displayed in the dialog box do not reflect the physical Port numbers as labeled on the RMX 1500 MCU Signaling Host IP Address and MCU Prefix in GK Indications
21. wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued General VNGR On an RMX 2000 witha 16075 384Kbps conference started from a Profile with three endpoints connected when the last endpoints disconnects an assert appears 32112 General VNGR In RMX Web Client when 7 0 16266 viewing the Restore Factory Defaults window the Select the Backup amp Continue button to save the current configuration and restore factory defaults field is not translated properly in Japanese General VNGR On an RMX 4000 with the V7 0 16293 MPMs card a CureDump ConfParty file is created and saved on file General VNGR Onan RMX withthe MPM V7 0 16348 card and version 7 0 when a conference is started from a Template with ViewStation 512 EX endpoints the system restarts unexpectedly General VNGR On the RMX 1500 in the V7 0 16397 IP Network Service gt Management Network gt the Lan Ports tab appears It should be the IP tab General VNGR When a conference is 16400 active on the RMX 1500 in the Hardware Monitor LAN Properties there is an Status indication that the LAN Media is Inactive It should state active General VNGR When a HDX A endpoint Connect 16421 dials the following string both HDXs Prefix_ID of the Gateway directly toa Profile ISDN to the regular number of the second HDX conference using an IP to ISDN call that is usi
22. 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Resolution Configuration Detailed H 264 High Profile allows higher quality video to be transmitted at lower bit rates However setting minimum bit rate thresholds that are lower than the default may affect the video quality of endpoints that do not support the H 264 High Profile The RMX uses two decision matrices Base Profile High Profile to enable endpoints to connect according to their capabilities The Detailed Configuration dialog box allows the administrator to configure minimum connection threshold bit rates for endpoints that support H 264 High Profile and those that do not support H 264 High Profile by using the following slider panes e Base Profile Endpoints that do not support H 264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates e High Profile Endpoints that support H 264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates Maximum CP Resolution Resolution Configuration HD 1080p30 Resource Quality Balanced default C HD 720p30 Resource Optimized C sp 30 C Video Quality Optimized C CIF 30 Manual 2 Detailed Configuration Sharpness Motion Base Profile CIF 30 1 Resource in le ee ee es eae SD 30 1 5 Resources CFR FR aes EL LS HD 720p30 3 Resources ae eee Oe E i i ee CRE a HD 1080p30 6 Resources a es a ae em ers High Profile CIF 30 1 Resource AP SA eA a ne eT ae a eee Wet KE
23. 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued rae Detected Workaroun RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 Message V7 0 General Overlay is blurred on SIP and H 323 endpoints RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 with MPMx V7 0 general High System CPU Usage fault occurs RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 changing V7 0 General the port speed setting from Auto to 100F is ignored with Auto remaining selected after reset RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 with MPMx V7 0 Video strobe effect appears in video during H 323 call to HDX endpoints at 1080p at 4Mbps 117 RMX 4000 No content display and V7 0 several endpoints disconnected from the conference when content is sent during a conference running on RMX 4000 at a line rate of 1920Kbps and Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option enabled Faults list indicated that the link between FSM 4000 and the media card was lost RMX 4000 When viewing the RTM V5 0 0 LAN properties of RMX 4000 in the Hardware Monitor no data is displayed RMX Manager On Vista Operating V5 0 0 Systems when accessing the RMX Web Client and clicking Install RMX Manager no installation is implemented RMX Manager When using RMX Manager V5 0 1 V5 1 and V6 0 to manage several RMXs and swapping between RMXs the Gatekeeper Prefix displayed on the main screen is not updated according to the selected RMX 188 wy POLYCOM Correctio
24. Active Alarm is displayed If the values or either of the MULTIPLE SERVICES or V35_ULTRA_SECURED_ SUPPORT System Flags are changed from YES to NO the defined P Network Services are not displayed in the IP Network Services list pane they are however saved in the system If either of the flag values are changed back to YES the saved defined IP Network Services will be displayed IP Network Service Definition Use this procedure to define Network Services in addition to the Network Service already defined during first entry installation and configuration Each of the defined Network Service can be associated with one or more media cards installed in the system depending on the system type Once a media card is associated with a Network Service it cannot be associated with another network service To add new additional Network Services 1 Inthe Device Management pane click IP Network Services it 2 Inthe Network Services list toolbar click the pe Add Network Service button S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features The New IP Service Networking IP dialog box opens gt Networking gt IP Network Service Name Too gt Routers gt DNS 1P Network Type Hazes ol gt gt Conferencing Signaling Host 1P Address gt Gatekeeper 1Pva TooT0 058 z gt QoS oe Media Card 1 Port 1 IP Address Media Card 1 Port 2 IP Address SES IPv4 1Pva gt SIP Advanced
25. Certificates can be sorted by e Issued To e Issued By e Expiration Date e Status Certification Repository gt Personal Certificates Issued To gt CRL Issued By Expiration Date Status wave3 WAVE3 wave3 WAVE3C Monday 20 May2 OK isrwebcomm20 isrwebcomm20 Monday 20 May2 OK Trusted Certificates List lt 51 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 52 S POLYCOM Adding Trusted Certificates To add a certificate to the repository Repeat steps 1 4 for each certificate that is to be added to the Certification Repository 1 Inthe Trusted Certificates tab click the Add button The Send Certificate dialog box is displayed Paste Certificate Send Certificate Send Certificate File 2 Send the certificate to the RMX Two options are available for sending the certificate to the RMX Paste Certificate and Send Certificate Use this option if the certificate has been received from the Certification Authority in text format Send Certificate File Use this option if the ce rif ic ate has been received from the Certification Authority in file format Option Paste Certificate and Send Certificate After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority a Copy Ctrl C the certificate information from the Certificate Authority s e mail to the clipboard b Click Paste Certificate
26. Chairperson are able to delete a participant from the address book when they are not authorized to do so General On an RMX with two MPM 80 cards installed when running a 4Mbps conference with a maximum number of participants video artifacts and pixels may appear General The space character cannot be used in the Meeting 11353 Room Routing Name as it conflicts the SIP dial in standards If the Routing Name is taken from the Display Name field the space character cannot be used in the Display Name Interoperability Some HDX endpoints connect at 4SIF resolution 11697 even if line rate is 1 Mb Interoperability In a conference with a line rate of 1920Kpbs LPR 12069 and AES enabled H 320 Tandberg MXP dial in participants cannot connect and an assert appears Interoperability When connecting a Tandberg MXP ISDN endpoint 11962 to an encrypted conference loud buzzing noises occur Interoperability When an DMA Gateway places dial in audio calls 11959 through an RMX Gateway version older than 4 1 1 the audio calls cannot connect at the destination RMX installed with version 4 1 1 Interoperability In a CP conference with a line rate of 384Kbps 11609 when 2 HDX and one VSX endpoints are connected the VSX receives bad video Meeting Room at a line rate of 1024Kbps 2309 Interoperability The video displayed on the VSX endpoint is distorted stretched when two endpoints VSX 7000 and HDX 8000 remain in a conference that is set t
27. Changes to Existing Features Table 6 Changes to Existing Features Continued General DTMF Forwarding Forwarding of the DTMF codes from one cont Suppression conference to another over an ISDN cascading link can be limited to basic operations while suppressing all other operations once the connection between the cascaded conferences is established Note SDN Cascading is not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Integration with The definition of the CMA IP address for Polycom CMA the EXTERNAL_CONTENT_IP flag has Global Address Book changed and in this version only the IP address is entered without http For more details see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide ntegrating the Polycom CMA Address Book with the RMX on page 6 23 Resolution Sliders The System Flags that were introduced in version 7 0 1 were incorporated into the Resolution Configuration dialog box designed to enable the administrator to modify the minimum bit rate thresholds of the H 264 Base Profile and High Profile for the various pre configured resolution matrices so video quality is maintained when endpoints supporting H 264 High Profile and Base Profile connect to the same conference System Configuration The flag Flag CPU_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_TIME_ SECONDS was added to the system configuration This flag indicates when to send the first KeepAlive indication to check the TCP connection Default value 7200 second 60 minutes Range 600 18000
28. Clarity is enabled by the SET_AUDIO_CLARITY System Flag in system cfg using the Setup gt System Configuration menu Possible Values ON OFF Default OFF 102 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Packet Loss Concealment PLC for Audio Packet Loss Concealment PLC for Siren audio algorithms improves received audio when packet loss occurs in the network The following audio algorithms are supported e Siren 7 mono e Siren 14 mono stereo e Siren 22 mono stereo Guidelines e PLC for Audio is supported with MPM and MPMx cards only e The speaker s endpoint must use a Siren algorithm for audio compression e PLCis enabled by the SET_AUDIO_PLC System Flag in system cfg using the Setup gt System Configuration menu Possible Values ON OFF Default ON 103 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM Siren 22 and G 719 Audio Algorithm Support Mono 104 Polycom s proprietary Siren 22 and industry standard G 719 audio algorithms are supported for participants connecting with Polycom endpoints The Siren 22 Audio Algorithm provides CD quality audio for better clarity and less listener fatigue with audio and visual communication applications Siren 22 requires dramatically less computing power and has much lower latency than alternative wideband audio technologies Guidelines e Siren 22 G 719 and Siren 22Stereo are supported with MPM
29. Click the OK button If the flag is not listed a Inthe System Flags dialog box click the New Flag button b Add the New Flag and Value as set out in Table 11 c Click the OK button Table 11 System Flags Auto Redialing ese See er REDIAL_INTERVAL Enter the number of seconds that the RMX should wait _IN_SECONDS before successive redialing attempts Range 0 30 Default 10 NUMBER_OF Enter the number redialing attempts required Dialing may _REDIAL continue until the conference is terminated Default 3 3 Click the OK button 141 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J ay POLYCOM Multi RMX Manager Import Export RMX Manager Configuration 142 The RMX Manager configuration that includes the MCU list and the multilingual selection can be save to any workstation PC on the network and imported to any Multi RMX Manager installed in the network This enables the creation of the MCUs list once and distributing it to all RMX Manager installations on the network In addition when upgrading to a previous version the MCU list is deleted and can be imported after upgrade The exported file is save in XML format and can be edited in any text editor that can open XML files To Export the RMX Manager Configuration 1 3 In the Multi RMX Manager click the Export RMX Manager Configuration gt button in the toolbar or right click anywhere in the MCUs pane and then cli
30. Continued TE Detected Workaroun a o cmogoy key besten aoa General VNGR 15723 Cua General VNGR 15728 General VNGR 15740 When a conference is created with the same name as another conference already running an incorrect error message appears Failed to add conference 2501 VNGR 15726 The Display repetition option should be disabled when in Static Mode When Auto Layout is enabled in a conference the Auto Layout function does not select the appropriate layout for number of participants present in the conference After updating the Exchange Integration Configuration window and clicking OK a Message alert 31006 does not provide you with any information as to the cause of the error When modifying the Port Gauge usage percentage from the default value 80 to a lower value 40 or 60 an error message is displayed The error message is not translated into the UI language General VNGR 15741 37 General VNGR 15743 General VNGR 15744 General VNGR 15808 In the Ping Dialog box when clicking Ping an error message appears instead of receiving an IP address In the Ping Dialog box when clicking Ping an error message appears instead of receiving an IP address After modifying settings in the IP Network Services the Reset MCU message did not appear nor was the IP Network Service updated ER l ER ER a Fr S E 177 S POLYCOM
31. During Startup Restart e When started with Version 7 0 x installed the RMX enters MPMx Mode by default when no media cards are installed e The RMX switches between MPMx and MPM Card Configuration Modes 4 when MPM MPMx cards are removed or swapped while the system is running e The switch between Card Configuration Modes occurs during the next restart e Installing or swapping MPM MPM x cards while the system is off will not cause a switch in the Card Configuration Mode when the system is restarted it will restart in the Card Configuration Mode that was active previous to powering down System Information Changes The System Information includes License Information and general system information such as system memory size and Media Card Configuration Mode which in version 7 0 x includes the MPMx Mode Table 10 summarizes the Operating Mode After Next Restart resulting from of adding or swapping MPM MPMx cards in a running system Table 10 RMX Card Configuration Mode After Next Restart Current Media Operating Cards Mode After Mode Installed Next Restart Card s Card s Operaing Supported Disabled co and wa e MPM and Example Current status An RMX has MPM card installed The Card Configuration Mode is MPM and the MPM card is enabled Action e Insert one MPMx card Result e The Card Configuration Mode remains MPM e MPM card is enabled e The inserted MPMx card is disabled A
32. Gathering Phase slide can be displayed at any time during the conference by entering the Show Participants DTMF code 88 e The Gathering Phase is not supported in Video Switching Conferences e The names of the first eight participants to connect are displayed If eight or more 7 participants connect the 8th row displays 95 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 96 Sa POLYCOM Static text in the Gathering Phase slide such as the field headings Organizer Duration Video Audio Participants Access Number IP are always displayed in the language as configured in the Polycom Virtual Meeting Rooms Add in for Microsoft Outlook The following languages are supported English French German International Spanish Korean Japanese Simplified Chinese Dynamic text in the Gathering Phase slide such as the meeting name participants names access numbers and the additional information entered in the Info1 2 3 fields of the Gathering Settings tab of the conference Profile are displayed in the language of the meeting invitation The language of a Gathering Phase slide of a conference configured to include a Gathering Phase that is not launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook is configured by the administrator Using the RMX Web Client the administrator selects the language for the Gathering Phase slide The language selec
33. Hardware MOMITOP 2 ccsvsccsssstecacsosscd ests eirinen eoan EEE E E EEEE 78 Sigmaling MOMMOE ssisssss sadscecatsstscecsssssivssesineucssnesdeeuiign aE i ir E ENE aa ANI iaae i aar 79 COMPCLEM CIE siconr tiee n AEEA NE EEEE AEAEE EEEE EEEE EEEa at 79 Defining Dial Out Participants 0 0 cccscecseseseeteeseeeetesssesnssessseseeesneeeeeeneees 79 Reserving Video Resources for a Conference s ssesiesesrssssesiesiereisresrerreee 80 Monitoring Conferences csessacicsssesienscesssssecsoseseseves sesteet bes etna aniei En 80 Resource Report erreira a neni uiine tiem oie EOE 81 Port Garige Indications sssini aiiis 81 ADVITUS 2 dececSevesat viene Aisi at at Oc oes ae meted ie teenie dies 82 Guidelines reiii Sanne ia a eae eee 82 Scheduling sicssisstsveasentassseestesatsaviacsasshavisveasisesevsnesdeenses sodondevens sdueesvebasdaeisvensadsstsvensiese 82 Scan Results ocorria i A A EEEE ER EERE aar 84 Antivirus Updates as csessicecstiavsescusebesstecistbavdecesi entavavsdivsace EEE aes ei 84 Downloading and Converting the ZIP file to TAR sssssssssssssrsssssssrsrssesree 85 ACHVE Alarms esiseina EEE E EE EOE E SEEE 85 Logger File Additions ieres enisinia ereina ereina er eri easi 85 Direct Connection to Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW seeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 86 Guidelines se secisiensioscssieniie sesseendiovesseestseasideassbausudes sdb edkieassdububvpbesdasveveusabas oeenabive 86 Configuring the RMX Serial Gateway Connection c ccsccssse
34. High resolution source files uploaded after the first upload will be used to generate and replace high resolution custom slides Likewise low resolution source files uploaded after the first upload will be used to generate and replace low resolution custom slides If there are two custom source files in the folder one high resolution one low resolution and a new high resolution custom source file is uploaded new high resolution custom slides are created The existing low resolution custom slides are not deleted If there are two custom source files in the folder one high resolution one low resolution and a new low resolution custom source file is uploaded new low resolution custom slides are created The existing high resolution custom slides are not deleted S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Managing Custom Slides Custom Slides are managed via the Video Services tab of the New Conference Queue IVR Service and New Entry Queue IVR Service dialog boxes Adding Previewing and Selecting Custom Slides High Resolution Slides are added previewed and selected in the same manner as Low Resolution Slides were in previous versions To upload a Low Resolution Slide click the Add Slide Low Resolution To upload a High Resolution Slide click the Add Slide High Resolution gt Global gt Welcome Conference IVR Service Name gt Conference Chairperson gt DTMF Codes gt Operator Assistance Video
35. However Management of the RMX is separate network from Media amp Signaling All IP addresses have separate physical LAN connector Power Cable E1 T1 PRI LAN 2 media MNG signaling Connection s MNGB management amp Shelf RMX 1500 Rear Panel View with AC Power and Communication Cables Hardware Monitoring In the RMX 1500 component information can be viewed in the Hardware Monitor section The properties displayed for the hardware components will vary according to the type of component viewed These component properties can be grouped as follows e MCU Properties RMX 1500 e Card Properties RTM IP 1500 RTM ISDN e Supporting Hardware Components Properties MPMx Backplane FANS LAN 33 ay POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Hardware Monitor Slot Components On the RMX 1500 each internal component can be viewed via the Hardware Monitor DERE i ce ie Major Normal Normal ia RTM ISDN 1500 Major Normal Normal CNTL1i500 Normal Normal Normal A PWR Normal Normal He Normal Normal Normal Ea amp LANS Normal Table 2 RMX 1500 Slot Components MPMx Media Card Internal Component Build in MPMx card The internal media card requires the RTM IP 1500 card RTM ISDN 1500 Optional ISDN card for 4 E1 T1 connections This card is field replaceable CNTL 1500 Internal Component Internal Management of the system Powe
36. IP Network Services to accommodate the networks connected to the RMX unit 8 Select a Network Service to act as default for dial out and gateway calls for which the Network Service was not selected 9 Place several calls and run conferences to ensure that the system is configured correctly Gather Network Equipment and Address Information IP Network Services Required Information 66 It is important that before connecting multiple networks and implementing Multiple Services in the RMX that you obtain the information needed to complete the IP Network Service configuration for each connected network from your network administrator Table 14 Network Equipment and Address Information per IP Network Service Local Network Seitings Note Parameter Signaling Host IP address Media Board IP address MPM 1 Media Board IP address MPM 2 RMX 2000 4000 only Media Board IP address MPM 3 RMX 4000 only Media Board IP address MPM 4 RMX 4000 only Gatekeeper IP address optional DNS IP address optional SIP Server IP address optional If more than one media card is associated with this Network Service If more than one media card is associated with this Network Service If more than one media card is associated with this Network Service Only one DNS can be defined for the entire Network topology S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features RMX Hardware Installation recom
37. IV Enable gt Ports gt QoS v35 Gateway IP address gt SIP Servers lige gt Security gt SIP Advanced Password Additional Log Events 94 Firewall denials and errors pertaining to the MCMS will be logged by the Logger utility and Auditor 4 Auditor users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Detailed Description New Features Gathering Phase The Gathering Phase of a conference is the time period during which participants are connecting to a conference During the Gathering Phase a mix of live video from connected endpoints is combined with both static and variable textual information about the conference into a slide which is displayed on all connected endpoints All connected participants are kept informed about the current conference status including names of connected participants participant count participant type video audio etc During the Gathering Phase the audio of all participants can be heard and the video of active speakers is displayed in the video windows as they begin talking Textual Information a Live Video From Connected Participants a ey lt ow oren wee je r Henry Recording Connected Optional Additional Participant Indicator Participants Information Count Not Supported Info1 2 3 in Profile in Ultra Secure see page 1 97 Mode Conference Access Information Numbers Gathering Phase Guidelines e The
38. If two LAN ports per each installed RTM LAN card are used up to three additional Network Services can be defined bringing it to a total of up to 7 IP Network Services Several cards can be assigned to the same IP Network Service The definition of the network services attached to the RMX unit and which cards are assigned to each network service is defined in the IP Network Service RMX 2000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RMX2000 Table 17 LAN Connections to the RTM IP 3 POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN If RTM LAN or RTM ISDN cards are not installed on the RMX they must be 4 installed before connecting the additional network cables for media and signaling RTM LAN Table 18 LAN Connections to the RTM LAN Signaling and Media second Network Service optional Signaling and Media first Network Service optional If one LAN port per RTM ISDN RTM LAN card is used up to two different IP Network Services can be defined one for each installed RTM LAN RTM ISDN cards If two LAN ports per each installed RTM LAN card are used up to four Network Services can be defined Figure 3 shows the cables connected to the RMX 2000 rear panel when two RTM LAN cards are installed providing IP connectivity In this case only one IP network Service c
39. LifeSize does not transmitting or receiving video during a SIP 1920Kbps conference call Interoperability Interoperability Undefined HDX endpoint cannot be added to the Address Book on RMX with Avaya Call Manager Second attempt yields message that participant name already exists in Address Book In a 1024Kbps conference with Auto layout Sharpness AES H 239 Content to Legacy Endpoints and LPR enabled Lifesize endpoints encounter poor video Interoperability i EN BR i P 231 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability 232 In H 323 and SIP calls to RMX with MPMx Aethra X7 endpoint displays blurred tiled video On RMX 1500 a macro block is displayed in the large video window of the video layout when PVX endpoint is the speaker On an RMX 1500 set to the Flexible mode and running an HD720p 2Mb conference with IVR Gathering High Profile and Audio Clarity enabled 15 PVX HDX VSX 300 7000 CMAD endpoints cannot change layouts when DTMF codes are used VSX8000 endpoint connected to RMX 1500 with MPMx in 1920kbps conference transmits green video to all endpoints but correctly displays all connected participants video
40. Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued Detected cae Category Description in Version Content VNGR When sending content the 16732 line rate of the sender endpoint decreases and when content is stopped the line rate increases above the conference line rate For example if the conference line rate is set to 512Kbps it decreases to 300Kbps when sending content and it increases to 700Kbps when the content is stopped Content VNGR Ina1920Kbps conference 16502 with H 264 content after HDXs view and receive content then when an VSX3000 endpoint connects the content halts and an error message appears 0x80c7a4cCMfaTask On BadSpontIndFromMFA reason 1 description Decoder resource allocation error Closing decoder port Content VNGR Black screen or frozen 17027 content displayed when endpoints dial into the conference via DMA Content On an RMX 1500 running an 768Kbps conference with LPR Gathering Sharpness Auto Layout Echo Suppression Audio Clarity and Send Content to Legacy Endpoints enabled when sending content from the Sony XG80 endpoint HDX7600 endpoints do not view content 173 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 174 S POLYCOM Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun Content VNGR In a conference running at 12225 a
41. MCU using this Network Service Dial out calls of participants to whom this network service will be assigned are initiated from this address This address is used to register the RMX with a Gatekeeper or a SIP Proxy server residing on this network 71 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 20 S POLYCOM Default IP Network Service IP Continued SESE Ce Media Card 1 Port 1 IP Address Media Card 1Port 2 IP Address 2 Media Card 2 Port 1 IP Address RMX 2000 4000 Media Card 2 Port 2 IP Address RMX 2000 4000 Media Card 3 Port 1 IP Address RMX 4000 Media Card 3 Port 2 IP Address RMX 4000 Media Card 4 Port 1 IP Address RMX 4000 Media Card 4 Port 2 IP Address RMX 4000 Subnet Mask If only one network is connected to this media card it is enough to assign one media card to this Network Service In such a case enter one IP address for the media card according to the LAN Port used for the connection If each of the LAN ports on one media card is used with two different networks each port is assigned to its own Network Service In such a case enter the IP address of the port to be assigned to this Network Service A LAN port that is already assigned to a different Network Service displays the IP Address of the assigned port and it cannot be assigned to this Network Service it is disabled If only one network is conn
42. Motion and Video Clarity Encryption LPR and Send Content to Legacy Endpoint options enabled HDX8006 and HDX9006 remain in the IVR Welcome stage when connecting to a Video Switching conference running at 4MB with Video Quality set to Motion and video resolution set to 720p 60 fps RadVision Scopia XT1000 and Lifesize Room 200 remain in the IVR Welcome stage when connecting to a CP conference running at 4096kbps with Encryption and LPR enabled Other endpoints connected normally When DTMF codes have been entered by the participants the volume of the IVR Message may be suppressed or the message may be cut When an H 323 HDX endpoint sends Content the endpoint disables the LPR Corrections and Known Limitations i i 7 E i E 7 a 243 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations poe Detected V7 0 LPR VNGR LPR is enabled by default 16997 in the conference profile when CP mode is selected LPR is disabled by default in the conference profile when VSW mode is selected Changing between CP and VSW modes causes LPR to be enabled disabled Multilingual VNGR The stop monitoring option 14832 in right click on MCU in the RMX manager is not translated to Japanese VNGBE 851 Multilingual VNGR Translation of the 14333 Exchange Integration Configuration dialog box is missing Multilingual VNGR
43. New Value for the flag c Click the OK button If the flag is not listed a Inthe System Flags dialog box click the New Flag button b Add the New Flag name and Value c Click the OK button 3 Click the OK button wy POLYCOM End User License Agreement For Polycom Software End User License Agreement For Polycom Software Welcome to Polycom RMX 1500 RMX 2000 RMX 4000 Software Version 7 5 0 J END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR POLYCOM SOFTWARE IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT This End User License Agreement Agreement is a legal agreement between you and or any company you represent and either Polycom Nethenands B V in Europe Middle East and Africa Polycom Asia Pacific PTE Ltd in Asia Pacific or Polycom Inc in the rest of the world each referred to individually and collectively herein as POLYCOM for the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including any virus or vulnerability updates and any software updates or upgrades thereto licensed by POLYCOM or its suppliers The SOFTWARE PRODUCT includes computer software and may include associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation SOFTWARE PRODUCT By clicking AGREE or by installing downloading copying or otherwise using the SOFTWARE PRODUCT you agree to be and will be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a condition of your license If you do not agree to the terms of this Agreement your
44. Properties Advanced dialog box To enable Auto Redialing 1 Display the Conference Profiles list and select either the New Profile button to create a new Profile or display the Profile Properties The New Profile or Profile Properties dialog box is displayed 2 Click the Advance tab The Advanced tab is displayed gt General Display Name gt Gathering Settings Line Rate 1728 Kbps gt gt Video Quality gt Video Settings gt Audio Settings gt Skins IVR gt M LPR gt Recording Auto Terminate Before First Joins 10 E Minutes At the End 1 Sines After last participant quits C When last participant remains M Auto Redialing ae 3 Select the Auto Redialing check box 4 Click the OK button 140 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features System Flags The ENABLE_IP_REDIAL System Flag is overridden by the Auto Redialing setting in the Conference Profile Auto Redialing is controlled by the two System Flags described in Table 11 If a flag is not listed in the System Flags list it must be added to the system cfg file before it can be modified To list modify or add flags to the system cfg file 1 Inthe RMX Web Client menu click Setup gt System Configuration The System Flags list is displayed 2 For each of the flags If the flag is listed a Inthe System Flags dialog box click the Edit Flag button b Enter the New Value for the flag c
45. Queues Conference Reservations and SIP Factories cannot be defined as Permanent Conferences e Additional participants can connect to the conference or be added by the operator if sufficient resources are available e The maximum size of the Call Detail Record CDR for a Permanent Conference is 1MB Enabling a Permanent Conference The Permanent Conference option is selected in the New Conference New Meeting Room or New Conference Templates dialog boxes gt General gt Participants gt Information New Conference Display Name Duration Routing Name Profile 10 Conference Chairpers T Enable ISDN PST Dial in Nur Dial in Nur SUPPORT 1335235294 12 foo Permanent Conference Factory Video Profile Display Name Routing Name SUPPORT_s07a14sig Duration Miao Profile Factory_Video_Profie z 10 Conference Password Chairperson Password Reserve Resources for Video Parti Reserve Resources for Audio Part Maximum Number of Participants gt General gt Information I Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in ISDN PSTN Network Service Dial in Number 1 Dial in Number 2 New Meeting Room gt Participants Permanent Conference Display Name Duration Routing Name Profile 10 Conference Password Chairperson Password Maximum Number of Participants T Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in ISDN PSTN Network Service
46. RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 7 Version 7 5 0 J Device Interoperability Table Continued Version Polycom HDX Family Polycom Telepresence ITP Systems Polycom VSX and V Series Family Polycom Viewstation Family Polycom CMA Desktop SoundPointlP 650 Polycom VS FX Family EX FX 4000 Polycom iPower 9000 Soundstation IP3000 Aethra VegaStar Gold 6 0 49 Avaya IP Softphone R6 6 01 48 Avaya 1XC Communicator R1 020 SP2 1696 LifeSize 200 4 LifeSize Room and Express VVX1500 DST B5 DST K60 DST K80 Sony PCS XG80 Sony PCS 1 Sony PCS G family Sony PCS TL50 Tandberg 150 MXP Tandberg MXP F Series Family Tandberg 6000 B Tandberg Classic E Family 14 wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables Table 7 Version 7 5 0 J Device Interoperability Table Continued Polycom RMX and Avaya Interoperability For questions and support on the Polycom Avaya integrated solution contact your Avaya Authorized Service Provider The Polycom RMX 2000 4000 series of MCUs running software version 7 0 1 16 register to current generally available versions of Avaya Aura Session Manager R6 0 to provide multipoint video calls Polycom RMX 4000 RMX 2000 and RMX 1500 can call and receive calls with current generally available versions of Avaya one X Communicator H 323 video soft clients R5 2 on Communication Manager R5 2 1 and R6 0 15 Sa POLYCOM
47. Resource Capacity and Fixed Resource Capacity are available in MPMx Card Configuration Mode In MPMx Card Configuration Mode the slider moves in multiples of three converting CIF video ports to voice ports in groups of three with each CIF video port converting to four voice ports The minimum number of voice ports that can be allocated is 12 3 video ports x 4 voice ports per video port e The first time the Fixed Resource Capacity is selected all resources are allocated to HD720p30 by default Ifthe Resource Capacity Mode was previously Fixed or if it was Flexible but Fixed had been selected in the past the previous resource allocations in the mode are displayed require the same amount as SD connections Therefore when Fixed Mode is used for resource allocation SD resources must be configured to ensure that H 263 endpoints can connect with video For more information about Video Voice Port Configuration see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Video Voice Port Configuration on page 19 59 CIF H 263 endpoint connections require more resources than CIF H 264 they 45 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM MPM x Resource Report 46 The Resource Report displays the real time resource usage according to the Card Configuration Mode and the selected Resource Capacity Mode For more details about Resource Report see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Adm
48. System Limitations a POLYCOM yas Detected 248 ISDN VNGR In a 384Kbps H 320 16879 conference with Video Clarity Auto Terminate Sharpness Echo Suppression Auto Layout Gathering and Send Content to Legacy Endpoints enabled when the RMX dials out to VS4000 FX EX VSX7000A and HDX9004 endpoints flickering and video artifacts are seen 249 ISDN VNGR 16928 ISDN VNGR 16946 On RMX 1500 dial out from 256kbps conference to ISDN endpoint forced to 1920 kbps displays green screen and disconnects with Internal MCU Problem Video freezes on ISDN endpoints in a fully loaded RMX 2000 with MPMx when connecting disconnecting and reconnecting all the endpoints at a line rate of 256Kbps Blurred Predator video is displayed on the HDX endpoint that is in self view when a movement occurs while the endpoint is connected via ISDN to a conference running at a line rate of 1472kbps with encryption enabled Internal ISDN PSTN Audio Only calls get a loud noise static pop prior to the start of the IVR message 251 ISDN VNGR 16974 253 The video of ISDN participants freezes during a conference running at a line rate of 256kbps on RMX 2000 with MPMx and Encryption and LPR options enabled 240 iR En P i 7 V7 0 2 V7 0 2 Set the conference to a Line rate other than 256Kbps Corrections and Known Limitations wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations T
49. Tandberg C series endpoints the MFA card error occurs Interoperability On an RMX 2000 ina V7 0 H 261 video conference when a Tandberg MXP6000 connects using H 261 there is no video Interoperability A conference started from V7 0 the default video conference an H 320 Sony PCS G50 endpoint transits the Entry Queue and when accessing the conference it connects with no video Interoperability In a conference started V7 0 from the default conference profile when the RMX dials out to the H 323 iPower 9000 endpoint it views the IVR welcome screen for about 40 seconds before viewing conference video 230 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations ree Detected In a conference started from the default Profile when the RMX dials out to an H 320 iPower 9000 endpoint the endpoint s video layout is shifted to the bottom right of the monitor with black borders on the left and top of the screen Interoperability In a 384Kbps SIP conference with Auto Layout Sharpness Video Clarity Gathering and Send Content to Legacy Endpoints enabled when the RMX blast dial out all types of endpoints the VSX7000 and VSX8000 sites display video stills Interoperability throughout the conference LifeSize endpoints transmits CIF instead of HD 720p resolution in a SIP1920Kbps conference call located on an MPMx card Interoperability On an RMX 4000 with an MPM card
50. Termination of this Agreement shall not prevent POLYCOM or its suppliers from claiming any further damages If you do not comply with any of the above restrictions this license will terminate and you will be liable to POLYCOM and its suppliers for damages or losses caused by your non compliance The waiver by POLYCOM of a specific breach or default shall not constitute the waiver of any subsequent breach or default 5 UPGRADES If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is labeled as an upgrade or update you must be properly licensed to use the software identified by POLYCOM as being eligible for the upgrade or update in order to use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT A SOFTWARE PRODUCT labeled as an upgrade or update replaces and or a POLYCOM wy POLYCOM End User License Agreement For Polycom Software supplements the software that formed the basis for your eligibility for the upgrade or update You may use the resulting upgraded updated SOFTWARE PRODUCT only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is an upgrade or update of a component of a package of software programs that you licensed as a single product the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may be used and transferred only as part of that single SOFTWARE PRODUCT package and may not be separated for use on more than one PRODUCT You shall maintain the SOFTWARE PRODUCT replaced by the upgrade or update solely for use as an archival copy for recovery purposes forthe updated PRODUCT 6 WARRANTY AND WARRANT
51. a dial out conference is started from a Profile and the IVR initiates audio and video problems occur 185 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued se Detected Workaroun LPR VNGR Reduced video quality may 11020 be observed when using LPR with HD720p When packet loss is detected by the LPR mechanism the LPR lowers the call bit rate to keep the video quality of the call When excessive packet loss exists the call rate may drop down to 128K using HD 720p under these conditions will result in a reduced video image quality Multilingual VNGR Incorrect Japanese 16904 translation of Restore Last Version Multilingual VNGR After selecting French or 12096 Japanese and logging out of the Web Client when repeating the Log in out process the UI appears in English Multilingual VNGR After creating a new 12425 gateway using the Japanese RMX Web Client the pop up message has the wrong description Multilingual VNGR In the New Reservation 12427 dialog box several translations are missing in Japanese Multilingual VNGR Inthe Japanese RMX Web 12426 Client the New Profile gt Advanced tab several field names are not translated Multilingual VNGR After deleting a 12453 conference a confirmations message appears in English instead of Japanese 186
52. back to McAfee can also include other McAfee products other Software installed with or used by components of the McAfee Software and third party Software installed separately by customer but are integrated for use with McAfee Software In the event that McAfee requests a report for confirmation you agree to provide a system generated report verifying your software deployment within thirty 30 days such requestto occur no more than four 4 times per year In the eventthat McAfee requires a physical audit such audit shall be preceded by thirty 30 days written notice and shall occur no more than once per year unless otherwise required for compliance with the Sarbanes Oxley Act Auto Boot Post Boot Mode McAfee shall have no liability to you for any damages resulting from the use of the McAfee Software in the auto boot or post boot mode You are advised that such tools are designed for product deployment purposes only and any other use does not provide adequate data security Any such contrary use shall be at your sole risk Moreover inthe event of a data breach resulting from such contrary use you shall not publicize McAfee s name in connection with such breach nor make any statements that unfairly disparage the reputation of McAfee products McAfee Customer Contact If you have any questions concerning these terms and conditions or if you would like to contact McAfee for any other reason please call 408 992 8599 or 866 622 3911 F
53. c gt Windows Bownioaded Progam FI gt 7 Organize v Include in library Share with Burn New folder Cx Aoi Temporary Internet Files Internet Explorer stores copies of webpages images and media for faster viewing later Check for newer versions of stored pages Every time I visit the webpage Every time I start Internet Explorer Automatically Never Disk space to use 8 1024MB Recommended 50 250MB Current location Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables 8 F C Users brians AppData Local Microsoft Windows Temporary Internet Files History Specify how many days Internet Explorer should save the list of websites you have visited Days to keep pages in history 2 6 C jE cm Search Downloaded Program Files pl Fe Favorites E Desktop T Downloads F Recent Places Name 9 CEMAClassLoaderCtl Object Encrypt Class O ObjwinNTCheck Class G OfficeScan Corp Edition Web Depl OfficeScan Corp Edition Web Depl Status Size Installed 284 KB Installed 104 KB Installed 56 KB Installed 164 KB Installed 112 KB Date modified 1 24 2010 8 58 AM 2 7 2006 3 37 PM 2 7 2006 4 27 PM 2 7 2006 4 26 PM 2 7 2006 4 26 PM Libraries B Documents a Music E Pictures B Videos j Computer Gia Network J 3 items Select the CEMAClassLoaderCntl Object file Press the Delete key on the workstat
54. can cancel Content Token ownership In cascaded conferences a participant functioning as the cascade link cannot be given token ownership Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Giving and Cancelling Token Ownership Giving Token Ownership To give token ownership 1 In the Participants list right click the endpoint that is to receive Content Token ownership amp AwoReE SE wae amp Name Status Role IP ddres A SUPPORT_2143028218 2 participants i Ra Greg aa Cann 17212 Ry Tack Disconnect Participant Delete Participant Mute Audio Suspend Video Block Audio Change to Chairperson Add Participant to Address Book Participant Properties Preview Video In 123 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 3 2 Select Change To Content Token Owner in the drop down menu The endpoint receives ownership of the Content Token and an indication icon is displayed in the Role column of the participant s entry in the Participants list Participants 2 a mowo SB am o H Hie Name Status Role 1P Addres Alias Na Network Dialing Di Audio Video En E SUPPORT_1708198001 2 participants amp Dial o lt Conn i 1 0 0 0 H 323 amp Dialo Cancelling Token Ownership To cancel token ownership 1 Inthe Participants list right click the endpoint that currently has Content Token ownership it TRO Oo
55. characters NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_ This flag enables or disables the LEN automatic generation of conference passwords The length of the automatically generated passwords is determined by the flag value Possible values e 0 16 6 default non secured mode e OQand 9 16 9 default Enhanced Security Mode Enter 0 to disable the automatic generation of passwords Any value other than 0 enables the automatic generation of conference passwords provided the flag HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASSWORD is set to NO If the default is used in non secured mode the system will automatically generate conference passwords that contain 6 characters NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_ DEFAULT This flag enables or disables the _LEN automatic generation of chairperson passwords The length of the automatically generated passwords is determined by the flag value Possible values e 0 16 6 default non secured mode e Oand 9 16 9 default Enhanced Security Mode Enter 0 to disable the automatic generation of passwords Any value other than 0 enables the automatic generation of chairperson passwords provided the flag HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASSWORD is set to NO If the default is used in non secured mode the system will automatically generate chairperson passwords that contain 6 characters 146 S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features If the default password length defined by the NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_LEN or NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_ D
56. configuration that includes the MCU list and the multilingual selection can be saved to any workstation PC on the network and imported to any Multi RMX Manager installed in the network The RMX can be configured to automatically generate conference and chairperson passwords when the Conference Password and Chairperson Password fields are left blank Note Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode In an environment that includes a DMA the RMX Entry Queue can be configured to be used only as provider of IVR Services to SIP endpoints that connect to the DMA and retrieve the Conference ID entered using DTMF codes Sa POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 5 New Features List Continued Card Category Feature Name Configura Description tion Mode Video Auto Brightness MPM Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts MPMx the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout H 264 High Profile MPMx The H 264 High Profile improves video quality and can reduce bandwidth requirements for video conferencing transmissions by up to 50 New Symmetric HD MPMx New Symmetric HD video resolutions Resolutions HD 1080p30 and HD 720p60 have been added Additional Call Rates New Call Rates have been added table People Content Polycom s proprietary People Content which is the equivalent of H 239 is supported
57. direct life support machines or any other application in which the failure of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT could lead directly to death personal injury or severe physical or property damage collectively High Risk Activities POLYCOM AND ITS a POLYCOM wy POLYCOM SUPPLIERS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES 12 THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE The SOFTWARE PRODUCT may be distributed with software governed by licenses from third parties Third Party Software and Third Party License Any Third Party Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the corresponding Third Party License notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement More information on Third Party Licenses included in the SOFTWARE PRODUCT can be found in the documentation for each PRODUCT Polycom makes no representation or warranty concerning Third Party Software and shall have no obligation or liability with respect to Third Party Software If the Third Party Licenses indude licenses that provide for the availability of source code and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software then check the documentation supplied with each PRODUCT to leam how to obtain such source code BY INSTALLING COPYING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ UNDERSTAND AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS INDICATED ABOVE Polycom Inc 2010 ALL R
58. following tabs Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a zone to view or change security settings Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a zone to view or change security settings Enable Protected Mode Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced After successful connection to RMX the Enable Protected Mode check boxes can be Select a zone to view or change security settings This zone contains websites that you trust not to damage your computer or your files Security level for this zone Allowed levels for this zone All Medium Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Enable Protected Mode requires restarting Internet Explorer _befautieve Reset all zones to default level Coc cone Apply j selected to enable Protected Mode for the following tabs Internet Local intranet Sa POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Internet Explorer 8 Configuration When using Internet Explorer 8 to run the RMX Web Client or RMX Manager applications it is important to configure the browser acc
59. for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun Video VNGR During a video conference V7 0 15626 audible clicks amp popping sounds are heard during when the following endpoints are connected CMAD VSX3000 HDX6000 and HDX7000 Video VNGR InaiMBconference with2 V7 0 15717 HDX endpoints one with High Profile and the other without High Profile corrupted video is viewed in the High Profile HDX endpoint Video VNGR A 1024Kbps conference V7 0 15727 with maximum resolution forced to H720p when connecting HDX endpoint with a resolution set to CIF the endpoint connects with ACIF thereby using more resources 157 Video VNGR On the RMX2000 running V7 0 16289 a conference based on the default Profile when the RMX dials out in SIP to the LifeSize endpoint the call connects but the LifeSize endpoint does not view video Video VNGR On an RMX 1500 running V7 0 16743 a 2048Kbps conference with LPR Gathering Sharpness Send Content to Legacy Endpoints Auto Layout Echo Suppression and Audio Clarity enabled when connecting all the endpoints together after the gathering slide closes all HDX endpoints display low quality video Video VNGR On an RMX2000 with V7 0 16917 MPMxX cards when connecting HDX8000 endpoints with 720p and 1080p resolutions using a 1 7 layout green artifacts and stripes app
60. gt H 245 gt Connection Status gt Channel Status RMX IP Address gt Channel Status Ad D Participant IP Address gt Gatekeeper Status Media Info Eiett Value Algorithm q RTP Statistics N Accu Accu N Inter Inter Peak Int RTP pa Actual 0 0 00 0 0 00 o Out Of 0 0 00 o 0 00 o Fragm 0 0 00 o 0 00 o Jitter M Add to Address Book Click the OK button Permanent Conference Guidelines 114 A Permanent Conference is an ongoing conference with no pre determined End Time continuing until it is terminated by an administrator operator or chairperson Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Resources are reserved for a Permanent Conference only when the conference has become ongoing Resources are allocated to a Permanent Conference according to the Reserve Resources for Video Participants field If the number of defined dial out participants exceeds the value of this field the RMX automatically replaces the number in the Reserve Resources for Video Participants field with the number of defined dial out participants in the Permanent Conference Auto Terminate is disabled in Permanent Conferences If participants disconnect from the Permanent Conference resources that were reserved for its video and audio participants are released wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features e Ad hoc Entry
61. in addition to H 239 wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Changes to Existing Features Version 7 5 0 J Changes to Existing Features The following table lists the changes to existing features in Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Changes to Existing Features Audio Audio Only Message In this version the administrator can enable an audio message that informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources in the RMX and that he she is being connected as Audio Only Audio Settings tab in A new tab Audio Settings has been added New Profile dialog box to the New Profile dialog box It contains settings for e Echo Suppression e Keyboard Noise Suppression e Audio Clarity CMA DMA RMX Resource In this version following a request by the Management by CMA CMA and DMA the RMX will send updates and DMA on resource usage to both CMA and DMA with each application updating its own resource usage for the RMX This provides better management of the RMX resources by CMA and DMA S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Changes to Existing Features Continued General IVR Service The DTMF Codes of the Roll Call actions defined in the default IVR Services shipped with new RMX systems were changed as follows Enable Roll Call old 32 new 42 Disable Roll Call old 32 new 42 Roll Call Review Names old 33 new 43 Roll Call Stop Review old 33 new 43 IVR Servi
62. is Address part of this network 74 Detailed Description New Security Features wy POLYCOM 9 Click the Gatekeeper tab 10 Define the Primary and Alternate Gatekeepers and at least one Alias for this network Service The field definitions of the Gatekeeper tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Click the Gatekeeper tab on page 14 17 In Multiple Services mode an Alias must be defined for the specified gatekeeper 11 Optional Click the Ports tab Settings in the Ports tab allow specific ports in the firewall to be allocated to multimedia conference calls If required defined the ports to be used multimedia conference calls handled by this Network Service The field definitions of the Ports tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Click the Ports tab on page 14 20 12 If required click the QoS tab RMX s implementation of QoS is defined per Network Service not per endpoint 4 The routers must support QoS in order for IP packets to get higher priority The field definitions of the QoS tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide If required click the QoS tab on page 14 22 13 Click the Security tab The field definitions of the Security t
63. line rate of 768 Kbps with HDX endpoints connected and Content that is set to Graphics is sent or VSX endpoint connects the line rate decrease to 512 Kbps and does not increase back to 768 Kbps when Content is halted or the VSX endpoint disconnects Content VNGR When adding two or more 12342 Legacy endpoints to an ongoing conference ViewStation endpoints do not revert back to Conference Layout after content sharing is halted Content VNGR An assert occurs when 13465 sending Content from a VSX 3000 endpoint to a conference that includes a recording link and MOC SIP URI HDX SIP VSX 3000 H323 are connecting to it VNGR Artifacts can be seen 14791 around the layout lines and site names when endpoints HDX 8000 HDX 9004 HDX 4000 CMAD PSTN connect to a conference running on an RMX in MPM mode at a line rate of 512 Kbps and Content is sent to all endpoints im Diagnostics VNGR Onan RMX2000 with MPM 16893 cards when implementing the Diagnostic mode the MPM card status remains in a startup phase Diagnostics VNGR Onan RMX 2000 4000 16633 when accessing the Diagnostic mode and clicking the run all tests option the confirmation window only appears minimized in the Windows Toolbar at the bottom of the screen E ER DE wy POLYCOM Table 6 Corrections and Known Limitations Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued oe Detected Workaroun o cmogoy e
64. of the networks that will be connected to the RMX unit For a list of required address see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments IP Network Services Required Information on page 1 11 Upgrade the software version to Version 7 5 0 J and install the activation key that contains the Multiple Services license as described in Upgrade Paths to Version 7 5 0 on page 23 Place several calls and run conferences to ensure that the system upgrade was completed successfully Modify the required System Flag to enable Multiple Services DO NOT reset the MCU yet Connect the additional network cables to the RMX and change existing connections to match the required configuration as described in the RMX Hardware Installation on page 67 65 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM At this point the Management Network can be modified to match the required local network settings If the RMX 2000 you are upgrading does not include RTM ISDN or RTM LAN cards you must install at least one RTM LAN card to enable the definition of multiple Network Services If no RTM ISDN or RTM LAN cards are installed the RMX 2000 works in a single Network Service mode and an alarm is issued by the system For more details about the installation of RTM LAN cards see the RMX 2000 Hardware Guide 6 Reset the MCU 7 Connect to the MCU and Add the required
65. or more of conferencing at line rates of 4Mbps in a highly loaded MCU the video processing unit fails Hardware VNGR On an RMX 4000 with 16898 MPMx_D cards in the Diagnostic mode when running card monitoring tests on the RTM_ISDN card the tests fail 60 180 wy POLYCOM Table 6 Corrections and Known Limitations Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued Detected ee Category Description in Version Hardware VNGR 16882 i Hardware VNGR 15801 VNGR 12059 On an RMX 1500 in the Diagnostic mode when viewing the MCU Monitor section the card slot numbering is incorrect VNGR 16166 On an RMX 2000 with two MPM cards after several minutes participants could not connect due to MCU Internal Problem 32112 After upgrading RMX4000 an error message appears No RTM LAN or RTM ISDN installed on slots13 14 15 In fact no RTM ISDN card is installed in slot 13 Hardware After upgrading to build version 5 0 0 21 the temperature on the card reached Major and required attention On an RMX 2000 ina 384Kbps H 323 CP conference with Sharpness and LPR enabled when the RMX dials out to an Tandberg 6000E an empty video frame appears Interoperability VNGR 16647 VNGR 16723 VNGR 16829 Interoperability On an RMX 1500 running an mixed H 323 SIP amp ISDN 1024Kbps conference after connecting the ISDN endpoint and changing the layout after a few min
66. prompted to reopen the browser al POLYCOM RMX 2000 RMX is not responding please reopen the browser After approximately 30 minutes close and reopen the browser Enter the IP address of the RMX Control Unit in the browser s address line and press Enter to reconnect to RMX The browser displays a message indicating that it cannot display the requested page Refresh the browser periodically until connection to the RMX is established and the Login screen is displayed You may receive a message stating Browser environment error Please reopen the browser POLYCOM RMX 2000 Optional Close and reopen the browser Enter the IP address of the RMX Control Unit in the browser s address line and press Enter to reconnect to RMX 27 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J The Login screen is displayed The version number has changed to 7 0 2 _S Ss bWelcometa 20 en hose User Name Login Password Version Number MR vroz Ce 15 Inthe RMX Web Client Welcome screen enter your User Name and Password and click Login In the Main Screen an MCU State indicator displays a progress indicator Sti 45 25 showing the time remaining until the system start up is complete e f the default POLYCOM user is defined in the RMX Web Client an Active Alarm is created 4 and the MCU status changes to MAJOR until a new Admi
67. seconds When there are NAT problems this default may be too long and the TCP connection is lost In such a case the default value should be changed to 3600 seconds 30 minutes or less System Configuration The flag Flag CPU_TCP_KEEP_INTERVAL_ SECONDS was added to the system configuration This flag indicates the interval in seconds between the KeepAlive requests Default value 75 second Range 10 720 seconds 11 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Changes to Existing Features Continued General System Configuration The flag ITP_CERTIFICATION was added Flag to the system configuration When set to NO default disables the telepresence features in the Conference Profile Set the flag to YES to enable the telepresence features in the Conference Profile provided that the appropriate License is installed System Configuration The H323_RAS_IPV6 was added tot the Flag system configuration When IPv4 amp IPv6 addressing is selected RAS Registration Admission and Status messages are sent in both IPv4 and IPv6 format If the gatekeeper cannot operate in IPv6 addressing mode registration fails and endpoints cannot connect using the RMX prefix In such cases this System Flag should be set to NO Default YES Telepresence Mode Control and monitoring of Immersive Telepresence ITP features have been enhanced with Automatic detectio
68. security protocols e ISDN Cascade e Serial connection e Modem connection e MPM cards e QoS with IPv6 e Recording link e SIP e SIP security Digest e SIP TLS SNMP e SSH server e USB key configuration e Web link Hyperlink in Participant Properties dialog box Workstation Requirements The RMX Web Client and RMX Manager applications can be installed in an environment that meets the following requirements e Minimum Hardware Intel Pentium III 1 GHz or higher 1024 MB RAM 500 MB free disk space e Workstation Operating System Microsoft Windows XP Vista e Network Card 10 100 Mbps e Web Browser Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 7 only e FIPS Is always enabled in Ultra Secure Mode and when ClickOnce is used to install RMX Manager the workstation must have one of the following installed NET Framework 3 5 or a later version of the NET Framework NET Framework 2 0 plus Service Pack 1 or later The RMX must be installed on the intranet or added to the trusted sites list In both Net Framework 2 0 is required and installed automatically cases the ActiveX control will install properly 21 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Package Contents 22 The Version 7 5 0 J upgrade package must be downloaded from the Polycom Resource Center and includes the following items e lan c
69. sliders and the resolutions change according the Card Configuration Mode MPM or MPMx e The video resolution transmitted to any endpoint is determined by the endpoint s capabilities the conference line rate the Conference Profile s Motion and Sharpness settings and the RMX s Card Configuration Mode MPM or MPMx e The frames per second fps values listed for the video resolutions above are the maximum possible and may be adjusted downward depending on available bandwidth Accessing the Resolution Configuration dialog box The Resolution Configuration dialog box is accessed by clicking Setup gt Resolution Configuration in the RMX Setup menu The Resolution Configuration dialog box display changes according to the Card Configuration Mode e MPM e MPMx supports H 264 High Profile wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPM Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration dialog box shown below is displayed when the RMX is in MPM Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration dialog box opens It contains the following elements e Max Resolution Pane e Resolution Configuration Pane e Sharpness Resolution Sliders e Motion Resolution Sliders Max Resolution Resolution Configuration Maximul m CP Resolution HD 1080p30 C HD 720p30 C sp 30 recs C Manual Sharpness CIF 30 1 Resource 256 kbps Sharpness
70. the Activate Certificate button to complete Trusted Certificate CRL installation Before clicking the Activate Certificate button ensure that all CRLs have also been added to the Certification Repository When the Activate Certificate button is clicked all added Trusted Certificates and CRLs are installed and the RMX displays an RMX Web Client Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box A RMX Web Client will disconnect shortly Click the OK button Login to the RMX to proceed with further management tasks 53 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM Personal Certificates Management and Signaling Certificates Default Management and Default IP Network Service certificates can be viewed in the Personal Certificates tab They are listed alongside the service to which they are attached By clicking the column headers the Trusted Certificates can be sorted by Network Service Issued To Issued By Expiration Date Status Certification Repository gt Trusted Root Certificates Personal Certificates Network Service Issued To Issued By Expiration Date Status gt CRUUS Close CRL Certificate Revocation List 54 A CRL contains a summary of the installed Certificate Revocation Lists By clicking the column headers the Certificate Revocation List can be sorted by Issued To Issued By Expiration Date Status gt Trusted Root Certificat
71. the RMX a Ifthe file is found to be invalid an error message The DAT file is invalid appears on screen 83 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Scan Results Sa POLYCOM b Reload the DAT file 8 Click Close e Schedule anti virus scans in accordance with your site policies O e Anti virus scans impose a significant burden on the system that could impact system performance Schedule system scans for times when the system is in maintenance mode or when little or no conferencing activity is anticipated If a virus is detected an Active Alarm is triggered Antivirus detected lt text from Antivirus gt Reset the RMX to remove or cancel the Active Alarm When a new scan is initiated and the antivirus warning has not been removed the Active Alarm is reactivated In the Faults list when the Antivirus scan activates the following message appears Antivirus scan running Upon completion of the scan the Fault list displays a follow up message Antivirus scan completed Antivirus Updates 84 The administrator must manually update the dat file containing signature file updates of the McAfee SDK Antivirus application This DAT file must retrieved from the official McAfee web site at the following web address http update nai com Products CommonUpdater Locate the 75 Mb file avvdat xxxx zip For example avvdat 6194 zip Index of Products Comm
72. the default setting RMX Sana virus M Anti Virus Scan Recurrence Pattern Pattern monthly v Run at 14 20 onday 1 of the month Send Anti Virus Update 82 S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features 4 When enabled adjust the antivirus scheduling by modifying the fields as described in Table 2 Table 2 Antivirus Scheduling a Sa Recurrence If hourly is selected then choose the minutes past Pattern the hour to run the antivirus application Recurrence Pattern Pattern hourly Y Run at jo y minutes pastthe hour Recurrence If Daily is selected choose the day of the week to Pattern run the antivirus application nt oone Potem E Run at 15 35 every M Sunday I Monday I Tuesday M Wednesday I Thursday I Friday I Saturday Monthly Select the day 1 31 of the month to run the antivirus application Recurrence Pattern Pattern monthly ad Run at 09 32 onday fo of the month Update the Antivirus DAT file For more information see Antivirus Updates on page 1 84 5 Click Send Aniti Virus Update to open the Install Software dialog box Install Software File Path rr Close 6 Click Browse and determine the file location and then select the file The McAffee file is converted automatically to a TAR file with a tgz file extension 7 Click Send to install the file When uploaded the DAT file is checked and verified on
73. the same manner as described for the Conference IVR Service in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining a New Conference IVR Service on page 15 9 Entry Queue YR Service Properties gt Global gt Welcome gt Conference ID gt Vi Services gt Opdrator Assistance General Tab Entry Queue IVR Service Name Fry Guene WA Serve Name ho Video Resources Audio Ol Mo Video _Resources_Audio_Onlywas Message File 2 Add Message File wav File Name Message Name wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Audio Settings Tab A new tab Audio Settings has been added to the New Profile dialog box It contains settings for Echo Suppression moved from the New Profile Advanced tab Keyboard Noise Suppression moved from the New Profile Advanced tab Audio Clarity Audio Clarity improves received audio from participants connected via low audio bandwidth connections by stretching the fidelity of the narrowband telephone connection to improve call clarity The enhancement is applied to the following low bandwidth 8kHz audio algorithms G729a G 711 Audio Clarity Guidelines Audio Clarity is supported with MPM and MPMx cards only Audio Clarity is selected by default Audio Clarity cannot be selected and deselected during an ongoing conference The check box overrides the SET_AUDIO_CLARITY System Flag in syst
74. 00 Process MPM from version 6 0 0 105 to version 7 0 0 91 the RMX Type RMX4000 does not appear in the Hardware Monitor window Upgrade Minor changes in the Process documentation to the upgrade process Upgrade RMX 2000 logs off during When the process upgrade procedure when network is network is under stress busy use the RMX Manager application instead of the RMX Web Client to control the MCU 254 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Upgrade When downgrading to Process software V6 0 0 105 and performing Comprehensive restore to Factory default followed by upgrade to version V7 0 0 115 the upgrade procedure is stuck in Software Loading phase System Reset hard or soft is required to resolve the problem Upgrade On the RMX 2000 4000 Process with an ISDN card installed after configuring the IP Fast Configuration Wizard the system requests a reset and not to configure the ISDN Service Upgrade After upgrading to version Process 7 0 0 135 the RMX Web Client shows that RMX is no longer in the Startup phase even though Faults list states Configuring Upgrade On an RMX 1500 2000 Process 4000 with MPMx cards when upgrading to version 7 0 to build 139 and implementing the Diagnostic mode the MPM x card status remains in a startup phase Upgrade On an RMX4000 after Process upgrading to version 7 0 build 148 the RMX Cou
75. 000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 222 Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations a POLYCOM vas Detected 7 5 124 General VNGR Audio card fails to initialize 19722 during startup on RMX4000 resulting in no utilizable unit for audio controller H 323 VNGR The following assert may 11810 appear when H 323 participant connects to a 2 Mb Continuous Presence conference File AuditorApi cpp Line 112 Code 1 ASSERT Audit_free_Data_ is_too_long_20882 max_i s 20480data_size_is_ 20 882 Hardware VNGR In D type chassis when 9571 hot swapping an MPM card unit failure may occur Hardware VNGR On the MPM experience 14550 problems with DSP 1 during load testing Hardware VNGR On RMX 1500 with 16474 MPMx S MCU internal problem 32112 occurs repeatedly in 2Mbps VSW or CP conference using HDX 8000 endpoint Problem did not occur after reset 128 Hardware VNGR After upgrading RMX4000 16058 an error message appears No RTM LAN or RTM ISDN installed on slots 13 14 15 In fact no RTM ISDN card is installed in slot 13 130 Hardware VNGR On the RMX 1500 when 16537 the RMX is in a Diagnostic Mode the listed slot numbers of the modules are incorrect V7 Reset the RMX E V4 0 0 Reset the MCU a a P Pf wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations 131 Hardware VNGR Run 8 512Kbps 16
76. 010 4859 English Chip Type Mobile Intel R 965 Express Chipset Family Date 2007 8 8 05 29 06 DAC Type Internal WHOL Logo d Yes Approx Total Memory 384 0 MB Mini VDD igxpmp32 sys Current Display Mode 1280 x 800 32 bit 60Hz VDD n a Monitor Plug and Play Monitor DDI Version 9 or higher DirectX Feature DirectDraw Acceleration Enabled Disable Test DirectDraw Direct3D Acceleration Enabled Disable Test Direct3D AGP Texture Acceleration Not Available Notes No problems Found To test DirectDraw functionality click the Test DirectDraw button above To test Direct3D functionality click the Test Direct3D button above Next Page Save All Information 117 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J If the video card installed in the PC does not support DirectDraw Acceleration a black window may be viewed in the Video Preview window 5 Click the Exit button Previewing the Participant Video To preview the participant video 1 List the conference participants in the Participants pane 2 Right click the participant whose video you want to preview and then click one of the following options x 122 ae Conn OK 172 22 Disconnect Participant Delete Participant Mute Audio Suspend Video Block Audio Change to Regular Participant Change To Content Token Owner Add Participant to Address Book Connect to Website
77. 12kbps with LPR enabled and Video Quality set to Motion High Profile enabled SIP 0 Disable the endpoint connected at a LPR option resolution of SD60 instead of 720p60 when connecting to a conference running on RMX 4000 with MPM x at a line rate of 1024kbps with LPR enabled and Video Quality set to Motion Incorrect display name of the RMX is displayed on SIP endpoints RMX Display name includes additional characters and not just the URI 252 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Fee Detected 334 SIP VNGR SIP participants cannot 3276 connect to a conference when the conference name contains blank spaces 335 Software If an RMX operating in Cancel the Version Secure Communication Secure Mode Mode is downgraded to a before version that does not downgrading support Secure Communication Mode V2 0 V1 1 all connectivity to the RMX is lost Software The Default IP Network Version Service configured using the Fast Configuration Wizard is not saved if no media cards are installed in the RMX during the configuration process Software When trying to restore last Version version after upgrading from version 3 to version 4 the RMX prompts for an activation key Software Active Alarm triggered by Version high CPU usage during RMX2000 startup Ultra Secure MPM card becomes Remove and Mode un responsive after Card re insert the Softwa
78. 785 conferences and connect to each conference 2 H 323 2 SIP 1 ISDN 1 PSTN amp 1 VOIP endpoints change the conference layout on each when terminating the conferences an MCU Internal Problem 50020 occurred on the MPMx cards Hardware VNGR On an RMX 4000 when 16936 viewing the Signaling Monitor window the Active Alarms pane shows no link between Fabric Switch Module and MPMx card in slot 1 133 Hardware VNGR On the RMX2000 and V7 0 16945 RMX4000 when performing diagnostics using the Power on Self Tests POST you cannot access the Shelf Manager 134 Hardware VNGR MPMx card remains in V7 0 1 17001 startup mode instead of Major state after restoring the RMX to factory defaults and without configuring the IP address of the media card s in the Fast Configuration Wizard Hardware VNGR DSP did not automatically V7 0 1 17157 recover after failure 136 Hardware VNGR Board recovery failure 17194 occurs after all units on board 2 stop sending data after 3 recovery attempts on RMX2000 running V7 0 0 162 with MPMx cards Hardware VNGR Sometimes connection V7 0 2 17851 with RTM ISDN is lost Hardware VNGR When inserting a Control 17869 Unit in Slot 4 in Hardware Monitor it is shown as inserted in slot 3 223 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations ae Detected 139 Hardware VNGR RTM IP does n
79. AMAGE TO YOUR COMPUTER SYSTEM OR LOSS OF DATA THAT RESULTS FROM THE DOWNLOAD OR USE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL POLYCOM OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS OR REVENUE BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION DATA OR DATA USE LOSS OF GOODWILL OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES EVEN IF POLYCOM OR ITS SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW NO EVENT SHALL POLYCOM S SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT DAMAGES WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT IN ANY CASE POLYCOM S ENTIRE LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR U S 5 00 PROVIDED HOWEVER IF YOU HAVE ENTERED INTO 167 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 168 A POLYCOM SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT POLYCOM S ENTIRE LIABILITY REGARDING SUPPORT SERVICES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE TERMS OF THAT AGREEMENT 8 INDEMNITY You agree to indemnify and hold hamless POLYCOM and its sub
80. AX to 972 963 7001 or write McAfee Inc Attention Customer Service 5000 Headquarters Drive Plano TX 75024 or e mail to http Awww mcafeehelp com Alternatively you may contact your local McAfee entity at the number listed at http Awww McAfee com 171 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Corrections Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Audio VNGR 16038 i Calendaring ia ia 172 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J On an RMX with two MPMx cards when connecting two dial out PSTN participants there is no audio between them No Active Alarm or error message when defining incorrect parameters of the Exchange server on the RMX Content cannot be sent via cascade link Video Disconnection Cause of the link participant is displayed as Content media was not established because the remote endpoint does not support the conference content protocol Wrong GMT Offset in RMX CDR file It does not include the minutes Wrong GMT Offset in RMX CDR file It does not include the minutes On an RMX 1500 running an 1024Kbps HD720p conference with Video Clarity Auto Terminate Sharpness Encryption LPR Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled when sending content some dial out HDX9004 endpoints had bad video wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known
81. Bae H SUPPORT_2143028218 2 participants Rex Greg Rw Jack Disconnect Participant Delete Participant Mute Audio Suspend Video Block Audio Change to Chairperson Add Participant to Address Book Participant Properties Preview Video In 2 Select Cancel Content Token Owner in the drop down menu Content Token ownership is cancelled for the endpoint 124 wy POLYCOM Copy Cut and Paste Participant Detailed Description New Features The RMX user can Copy Cut and Paste participants between differ rent conferences running on the RMX including his her current conference These functions when used via the RMX Manager with its ability to manage multiple RMXs participants allows the RMX user to Copy Cut and Paste participants between conferences running on different RM Xs Copy Participant The Copy command copies all the participant s properties and makes them available for pasting The participant remains connected to his her current conference To copy a participant 1 2 Inthe drop down menu select Copy Participant amp few eke FO wom CH Fie Name Status Role IP Address Pho Ali SUPPORT_1275978809 3 participants ex Sally gt Conn 192 33 45 68 Ja Delete Participant pa an pt m 2 r a O 4 Participant Properties Cut Participant In the Participants List pane right click the participant you want to copy The Cut command copies all the pa
82. Benchmark Tests You may not publish the results of any benchmark tests run on the PRODUCT SOFTWARE PRODUCT or any component of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT without written permission from Polycom 3 SUPPORT SERVICES POLYCOM may provide you with support services related to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES Use of SUPPORT SERVICES is governed by the POLYCOM polides and programs described in the POLYCOM provided materials Any supplemental software code provided to you as part of the SUPPORT SERVICES is considered part of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement With respect to technical information you provide to POLYCOM as part of the SUPPORT SERVICES POLYCOM may use such infomation for its business purposes induding for product support and development POLYCOM will not utilize such technical information in a form that personally identifies you 4 TERMINATION This Agreement will terminate automatically if you fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement Polycom shall have the right to audit your use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in conjunction with this Agreement and you will provide reasonable assistance for this pumose In the event of any termination you must cease use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and destroy all copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and all of its component parts You may terminate this Agreement at any time by destroying the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and all of its component parts
83. CT and the SOFTWARE PRODUCT by your agents contractors outsourcers customers and suppliers and their compliance with this Agreement 2 OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS 21 Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile modify or disassemble the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or otherwise reduce the SOFTWARE PRODUCT to human perceivable form in whole or in part except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly pemitted by a third party license or applicable law notwithstanding this limitation The foregoing indudes but is not limited to review of data structures or similar materials produced by SOFTWARE PRODUCT The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed as a single product Its component parts may not be separated for use on more than one PRODUCT You may notuse the SOFTWARE PRODUCT for any illegal purpose or conduct 22 Back up Except as expressly provided for under this Agreement you may not copy the SOFTWARE PRODUCT except however you may keep one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and if applicable one copy of any previous version for back up purposes only to be used in the event of failure of the original All copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT must be marked with the proprietary notices provided on the original SOFTWARE PRODUCT You may not reproduce the supporting documentation accompanying the SOFTWARE PRODUCT 2 3 No Modifications You may not modify translate or create derivative works of the
84. Conference will be displayed in the CDR List pane VNGR When creating a 11543 conference using the CMA the Conference Management UI displays the participants as disconnected even though they are connected Content VNGR In a conference with a line 11491 rate of 384Kbps when H 323 participant connect to the conference using FECC incorrect data is displayed in the Participant Properties FECC and Content channels of the RMX Web Client The information is updated correctly once the participant is fully connected Content VNGR Content sent from HDX in 16281 H 264 is automatically stopped when a second participant that does not support H 264 Content for example CMAD that only supports H 263 joins the conference When the content is sent again the Content protocol is H 263 to enable all conference participants to receive content Content VNGR Bad audio quality 16807 experienced on PVX endpoint while it sends content when connected to RMX 1500 24 Content VNGR Ina 768 Kbps Meeting 16203 Room with LPR Echo Suppression Auto layout and Motion enabled when the first to join the Meeting room sends content the second participant to join views a black screen 206 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations ee Detected 27 Content VNGR Ina mixed H 323 amp SIP V7 0 16830 1152Kbps conference with Video Clarity Auto Terminate Shar
85. DS SD 30 1 5 Resources TE e on Te Sea eS es EN en icp a ea ceo eT ee er AS ne Se en te ye 1 Z eps HD 720p30 3 Resources SS Sean ee en CE Ea EE EET a ee ee 64 12 256 38 1024 zs 33 1920 256 4096 32 HD 1080p30 6 Resources s 128 256 384 7 e 1024 1280 1s36 1920 2960 4096 e192 1024 kbps Base Profile High Profile Resolution Slider Panes The Base Profile and High Profile sliders operate in the same manner as that described for the Sharpness and Motion sliders For more information see the example in the Sharpness and Motion Resolution Slider Panes section on page 164 136 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates The following Table summarizes the Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Video Resource usage for each of the pre defined optimization settings for each Resolution H 264 Profile Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion for MPM MPM and MPMx Card Configuration Modes i 5 3 A z B 3 E 5 S i nN For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Standard Conferencing on page 1 3 Defining Profiles on page 1 9 Resolution Configuration on page 2 16 Resolution Configuration Pane on page 2 19 4 MPM cards are not supported starting with Version 7 5 0 J 137 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environmen
86. EFAULT LEN does not fall within the range defined by the minimum and maximum length an appropriate fault is added to the Faults list IVR Provider Entry Queue Shared Number Dialing In an environment that includes a DMA the RMX Entry Queue can be configured to provide the IVR Services on behalf of the DMA to SIP endpoints It displays the Welcome Slide plays the welcome message and retrieves the destination conference ID that is entered by the participant using DTMF codes To enable this feature a special Entry Queue that is defined as IVR Service Provider only is created This Entry Queue does not forward calls to conferences running on the RMX and its main functionality is to provide IVR services Call Flow The SIP participant dials the DMA Virtual Entry Queue number for example 1000 dma polycom com The DMA forwards the SIP call to the RMX to a special Entry Queue that is configured as IVR Service Provider Only The participant is prompted to enter the conference ID using DTMF codes Once the participant enters the conference ID the conference ID is forwarded to the DMA enabling the DMA to connect the SIP endpoint to the destination conference or create a new conference and connect the participant to that conference Guidelines e An Entry Queue defined as IVR service provider only does not route the SIP call to a target conference and it cannot be used to rout calls on the RMX In sucha configuration the DMA handles the call
87. EMENT OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID AT POLYCOM S SOLE OPTION TO THE FULL EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES TERMS OR CONDITIONS EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING WARRANTIES TERMS OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SATISFACTORY QUALITY CORRESPONDENCE WITH DESCRIPTION AND NON INFRINGEMENT ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED POLYCOM NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER PERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE OR USE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN OBTAINED BY YOU FROM POLYCOM OR THROUGH OR FROM THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT SHALL CREATE ANY WARRANTY NOT EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT NEITHER POLYCOM NOR ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY IF ITS TESTING AND EXAMINATION DISCLOSE THAT THE ALLEGED DEFECT OR MALFUNCTION IN THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT DOES NOT EXIST OR WAS CAUSED BY YOUR OR ANY THIRD PARTY S MISUSE NEGLECT IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR TESTING UNAUTHORIZED ATTEMPTS TO MODIFY THE PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER CAUSE BEYOND THE RANGE OF THE INTENDED USE OR BY ACCIDENT FIRE LIGHTNING POWER CUTS OR OUTAGES OTHER HAZARDS OR ACTS OF GOD 7 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK YOU WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY D
88. E_MIN_RATE_CIF60_MOTION e H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN_RATE_SD60_MOTION e H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN_RATE_HD720P60_MOTION These System Flags must be added to the System Configuration file before they can be modified For more information see the RMX 15002000 4000 Administrator s Guide Modifying System Flags on page 19 6 Example If the High Profile Optimized option is selected in the Resolution Configuration dialog box and the System Flag values are set as in the following table System Flag Default Value H264_BASE_PROFILE_ 256 MIN_RATE_SD30_SHARPNESS H264_BASE_PROFILE_ 1024 MIN_RATE_HD720P30_SHARPNESS H264_BASE_PROFILE_ 1536 MIN_RATE_HD1080P30_SHARPNESS H264_BASE_PROFILE_ MIN_RATE_CIF60_MOTION wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features System Flag Default Value H264_BASE_PROFILE_ 1024 MIN_RATE_SD60_MOTION H264_BASE_PROFILE_ 1536 MIN_RATE_HD720P60_MOTION Endpoints will connect at resolutions as set out in the following table depending on whether they support H 264 High Profile or not Video Endpoint Connection Bit Rate kbps Resolution Soren High Profile High Profile Not g Supported Supported 128 lt bit rate lt 512 256 lt bit rate lt 1024 SD30 Sharpness 512 lt bit rate lt 1024 1024 lt bit rate lt 1536 HD720P30 For more information see the RMX 15002000 4000 Administrator s Guide Modifying System Flags on page 19 6 109 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release
89. Gateway r PIERS Preferred Speeds Select the preferred speeds for placing calls IP Calls 4096 Select the maximum speeds for receiving calls IP Calls 4096 87 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Configuring the RMX Serial Gateway Connection Configuring the connection between the Serial Gateway and the RMX consists of the following procedures 1 Initial Setup of the Serial Gateway For more information see Setting Up Your Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW in the RMX Serial Gateway S4GW System User Guide 2 Configure a Network Service on the RMX for the Serial Gateway and Connect the Serial Gateway to the RMX These procedures are described in detail in Chapter 5 of the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments For a detailed description of these procedures see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment 4 Guide for Maximum Security Environments Configuring the RMX Serial Gateway Connection on page 5 2 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Security Features Detailed Description Changes to Existing Security Features RMX Hardware Version 7 5 0 requires MPM or MPM lt x cards to be installed in the RMX Ultra Secure Mode Flag Ultra Secure Mode is enabled by manually adding the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag to the System Configuration and setting its value to YES Guidelines e When upgrading from a versi
90. IEN Detected 254 Video artifacts video stream is superimposed on the IVR Welcome slide when an ISDN participant connects to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMkx at a line rate of 384kbps ISDN endpoints do not connect at line rates higher than 768kbps irrespective of profile setting whether dial in or dial out Sometimes HDX9006 2 7 0 5547 and VSX7000 9 0 6 endpoints connecting over ISDN to a conference running at 384kbps do not receive video When a busy signal is returned by a PSTN dial out participant the RMX does not redial but disconnects the participant with party hung up 0 status Customized CIF slide is not displayed on the HDX screen when connecting to a 1080p High Definition Video Switching conference After upgrading the RMX to a software version that includes the gateway and the maximum number of IVR services reached 40 in RMX 2000 and 80 in RMX 4000 the default Gateway IVR Service is not created A conference running at a line rate of 1920Kbpsand IVR Service that includes a Welcome Slide both the Welcome Slide and Video are partially blacked out 241 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations When a participant is moved from one conference to another and becomes the single participant in the destination conference the participant does not hear music In a Video Switc
91. IGHTS RESERVED 4750 Willow Road Pleasanton CA94588 USA McAFEE INC LICENSE TERMS McAfee For McAfee AV SDK McAfee Software In addition to the license terms above for the SOFTWARE PRODUCT the following tems apply solely to McAfee Software 1 McAfee means a McAfee Inc a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3965 Freedom Circle Santa Clara California 95054 USA if the McAfee Software is purchased in the United States Mexico Central America South America orthe Caribbean b McAfee Ireland Limited with offices located at 11 Eastgate Business Park Little Island Cork Ireland if the McAfee Software is purchased in Canada Europe the Middle East Africa Asia or the Pacific Rim and c McAfee Co Ltd with offices located at Shibuya Mark City West Building 12 1 Dogenzaka 1 Chrome Shibuya ku Tokyo 150 0043 Japan if the Software is purchased in Japan 2 Limited Warranty McAfee warrants that for sixty 60 days from the date of original purchase of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT McAfee Software will be free from defects in materials and workmanship 3 Remedies McAfee s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy for any breach of the foregoing warranty shall be atMcAfee s option either i return of the purchase price you paid forthe license or ii replacement of the defective media in which the McAfee Software is contained You must return the defective media to McAfee at your expe
92. LL BEERROR FREE OR FREE FROM INTERRUPTIONS OR OTHER FAILURES OR THAT THE MCAFEE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS Notice to United States Government End Users The McAfee Software and its accompanying Documentation are deemed to be commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation respectively pursuantto DFAR Section 227 7202 and FAR Section 12 212 as applicable Any use modification reproduction release performance display or disclosure of the Software and accompanying Documentation by the United States Governmentshall be governed solely by the terms of this Agreement and shall be prohibited exceptto the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement Governing Law Any claims related to the McAfee Software will be governed by and construedin accordance with the substantive laws in force a inthe State of New York if you purchased the McAfee Software in the United States Mexico Central America South America or the Caribbean b in the Republic of Ireland if you purchased the McAfee Software in Canada Europe Middle East Africa Asia or the region commonly referred to as the Pacific Rim and c in Japan if you purchased the McAfee Software in Japan If you purchased the Software in any other country then the substantive laws of the Republic of Ireland shall apply unless another local law is required to be applied This Agreement will not be governed by the conflict of laws rules of a
93. LYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations 117 General VNGR DTMF Tones Click amp View 17791 are heard by all conference participants in a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx General VNGR HDX H323 endpoints are 17843 unable to remain connected to a CP conference running on RMX1500 at a line rate of 1920kbps with LPR Video Clarity and Send Content to Legacy Endpoint options enabled The disconnect status displays MCU internal problem 32212 119 General VNGR When using a conference 18167 Profile set to VSW 1080p at line rate of 6MB the conference is started ata line rate of 4MB instead General VNGR Following a 18349 Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults of RMX 2000 the CDR file containing 1000 CDR logs cannot be restored from the Backed up configuration General VNGR When moving from MPM 9729 to MPM mode with only MPM cards installed in the MCU the Card Configuration Mode indicated in the System Information dialog box remains in MPM Mode 121 General VNGR The Click amp View menu 3824 doesn t appear in 64 Kbps calls General VNGR When using the restore to 9803 factory defaults after inserting the Activation key the system requires a reset when the reset is not required i P E V7 0 2 B V1 1 0 Use the RMX Web Client V4 0 0 Logout and then login to the RMX Web Client i B 221 RMX 1500 2000 4
94. Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations ree Detected Interoperability In a conference running at V4 1 a line rate of 384 Kbps when HDX 8006 endpoint that sends Content is moved to another conference Content is still viewed for a number of seconds on the HDX Interoperability Legacy endpoints V4 1 occasionally cannot switch to Content when Content switched from H 264 to H 263 Interoperability In a6 Mb Video Switched V4 1 1 conference HDX endpoints that declare 2 Mb capability may only connect at a line rate of 896 Kbps after 30 seconds Interoperability When Tandberg C20 V5 0 0 endpoint sends Content the far end indicates that Content is being received but received Content is black Interoperability Sony XG80 endpoint V6 0 cannot send Content in H 323 384 Kbps call Interoperability In a 4 Mb RPX conference V5 0 0 with LPR enabled video out bit rate decreases to 128 Kbps due to packet loss and does not increase Interoperability In a conference running at V5 0 0 a line rate of 384Kbps with AES LPR and Video Clarity enabled HDX ISDN participants connect with SIF resolution while HDX IP endpoints connect using a 4SIF resolution 225 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations yaa Detected Interoperability In a conference with AES V5 0 0 LPR and Video Clarity enabled H 320 Tandberg
95. Login In the Main Screen an MCU State indicator displays a progress indicator Starting up 15 25 showing the time remaining until the system start up is complete Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 gt gt Continue with the upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 as described starting on page 26 Upgrade from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J gt gt Continue with the upgrade from Version 7 0 7 0 1 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J as described starting on page 23 29 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J To use the new features such as Operator Assistance and Gateway Sessions the IVR Services must be updated For more details see Additional Optional System Updates After Upgrading on page 20 30 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description RMX 1500 The Polycom RMX 1500 supports multiple network protocols IP H 323 SIP PSTN and ISDN to extend the power of unified collaboration within the enterprise Detailed Description RMX 1500 The RMX 1500 user and administrator interface is the same as for the RMX 2000 4000 The RMX 1500 Real time Media Conference platform offers up to 90 video resources and 360 audio resources For detailed description of the RMX 1500 hardware components see the Polycom RMX 1500 Hardware Guide Card Configuration Mode The RMX 1500 operates in the MPMx Card Configuration Mode System Capacitie
96. Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM Default IP Network Service The steps needed to add a certificate to the Default IP Network Service are described in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Modifying the Default IP Network Service on page 14 13 PRENO SEFE W Network Service Name IP Netvan Serce 1P Network Type H 3234 SIP z SIP Server Specily Register I Ongoing Conferences I Entry Queues F Meeting Rooms I SIP Factories F Gateway Profites Refresh Registration every 3600 seconds Server 172 26 Server ri3 vso Port 5061 Outbound Proxy Servers O E Server 172 26 129 201 Port 5061 Managing Certificates in the Certification Repository 50 A Certification Repository dialog box has been added to enable the administrator to add remove and monitor certificates on the RMX It is accessed via the RMX Web Client RMX Manager Setup menu ork Services 2 ir acre network 127 00 i 172 22 H 323 MCU Prefix in IssuedTo Issued By Expiration Date status wave3 WAVE3 wave3 WAVE3C Monday 20 May OK isrwebcomm20 isrwebcomm20 Monday 20 May OK S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features For information about purchasing certificates see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Purchasing a Certificate on page F 1 The Certification Repository dialog box contains tabs that display the foll
97. Normal Normal ig 2 MPMX Normal Normal Normal ka s MPMX Normal Normal Normal kg 4 MPMX Normal Normal Normal ka s FSM4000 Normal Normal Normal W 6 Empty Empty ka e CNTL Normal Normal Normal A 9 PWRI Normal Normal a 10 PWR2 Normal Normal A 11 PWR3 Normal Normal we 12 FANS Normal Normal Normal ig 13 RTM LAN Normal Normal Normal 14 Normal kg is RTM LAN Normal Normal Normal fel 16 RTM LAN Normal Normal Normal Ka 17 RTM IP4000 Normal Normal Normal P 20 Backplane Amos Normal Q 21 LANS Normal wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Signaling Monitor The Signaling Monitor pane includes the list of the IP Network Services defined in the system up to two in RMX 1500 2000 and up to four in RMX 4000 Double clicking a Network Service displays it properties and status Signaling Monitor 4 Name IP Address Router Subnet Mask Oe IP Network Servic 200 10 0 152 200 10 0 1 255 255 255 0 F IP2 100 10 0 150 100 10 0 1 255 255 255 0 F 100 30 100 30 0 152 100 30 0 1 255 255 255 0 100 20 100 20 0 152 100 20 0 1 255 255 255 0 Conferencing Each conference on the RMX can host participants from the different IP Network networks simultaneously Defining Dial Out Participants When defining dial out participants you can select the Network Service to place the call according to the network to which the endpoint pertains If the endpoint is located on a network other than the selected ne
98. Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J New Symmetric HD Resolutions in MPMx Mode MPMx mode supports the following new HD video resolutions in both Continuous Presence and High Definition Video Switching modes e HD 1080p30 symmetric endpoints send HD 1080p at 30 fps and receive HD 1080 at 30 fps e HD 720p60 symmetric endpoints send HD720 at 60 fps and receive HD720 at 60 fps These resolutions are available at line rates of 128 to 8192 Kbps depending on Flag and Resolution Slider settings For more information see System Flag on page 1 111 e Depending on the line rate the RMX sends video at the best possible resolution supported by the endpoint regardless of the resolution received from the endpoint capabilities the conference line rate the Conference Profile s Motion and Sharpness settings and the RMX s Card Configuration Mode MPM or MPMx e The frames per second fps values listed for the video resolutions above are the maximum possible and may be adjusted downward depending on available bandwidth e The video resolution transmitted to any endpoint is determined by the endpoint s Table 5 and Table 6 show the relationship between minimum line rate threshold and video quality for both Motion and Sharpness settings in both MPM and MPMx Card Configuration Modes Table 5 MPMx Video Quality vs Minimum Line Rate Threshold Line Rate kbps Balanced Resource Video Quality High Profile R
99. PR enabled and active due to packet loss VNGR 17841 VNGR 17857 VNGR 17888 427 Sometimes the Gathering text is not displayed when connecting SIP and H 323 endpoints to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMkx at a line rate of 1920kbps Full screen layout is displayed instead of 3x3 layout when the 3x3 layout is selected using Click amp View from HDX9004 version 2 7 0 5547 Conference is running on RMX 2000 with either MPM or MPMx cards at a line rate of 4MB Gathering options enabled Corrections and Known Limitations i _ i 7 i 7 B g B 267 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations va Detected camo Key austen BR Menara 429 Video VNGR Empty cells are displayed V7 0 2 18106 in the video layout when connecting 30 HDX 8006 endpoints at a line rate of 4MB and resolution of 1080p to a conference running on RMX 2000 with 2 MPMx D cards 430 Video VNGR The video display is V7 0 2 18279 jumpy when endpoints connect to a conference running on RMX with MPM lt x at a line rate of 512Kbps and SD resolution 268
100. PV dial in and dial out endpoints the SIP receives bad video Interoperability In a conference with HDX8006A HDX8006B HDX9000 VSX7000 and ViewStation512 endpoints the site names of the ViewStation endpoints are switched Interoperability In a Fixed resource Capacity mode Legacy endpoints can still receive content when they should Interoperability In 2MB Conference with Sharpness enabled when connecting RPX 400 TPX 306 and RPX 200 endpoints not all endpoints can connect Interoperability On an RMX4000 version 7 0 with four VVX 1500s and an 1 HDX 9000 endpoints connected on multiple occasions loss of video and audio for several seconds On an RMX 2000 running a 1920 Kbps Telepresence conference endpoints have the top part of their video screen cropped off 228 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Fee Detected Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability On the RMX2000 with an MPMx card when starting a new a 2MB conference Ipower endpoints take a long time to connect In a SD conference 1024 resolution with motion auto layout enabled when connecting HDX and dial in from Life Size endpoint the endpoints do not connect in SD with 60 FPS as required VNGR 16378 VNGR 16383 On the RMX2000 with an MPMx card in a 512Kbps conference with High Profile Gathering IVR Echo Su
101. Passwords are hidden they are replaced by asterisks It also disables the automatic generation of passwords Enter the minimum number of characters required for conference passwords Possible values 0 16 0 default in non secured mode means no minimum length However this setting cannot be applied when the RMX is in Enhanced Security Mode 9 default in Enhanced Security Mode Conference password must be at least 9 characters in length Enter the minimum number of characters required for chairperson passwords Possible values 0 16 0 default in non secured mode means no minimum length However this setting cannot be applied when the RMX is in Enhanced Security Mode 9 default in Enhanced Security Mode Chairperson password must be at least 9 characters in length Enter the maximum number of characters permitted for conference passwords Possible values 0 16 non secured mode or 9 16 Enhanced Security Mode 16 default Conference password maximum length is 16 characters 145 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 1 1 Automatic Password Generation Flags Continued a NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_MAX_LEN Enter the maximum number of characters permitted for chairperson passwords Possible values 0 16 non secured mode or 9 16 Enhanced Security Mode 16 default chairperson password maximum length is 16
102. R enabled artifacts appears at the start of the video Partners In Microsoft Lync Microsoft environment with ICE enabled when the RMX 4000 with MPM 80 dials out to two Lync Clients MOC1 with Creative Camera connected and MOC2 with CX5000 RoundTable connected MOC1 does not receive video from MOC2 Partners In Microsoft Lync Microsoft environment with ICE enabled when a Lync client dials an Entry Queue running on RMX 4000 with MPM 80 the Lync client is not given enough time to enter the meeting room ID and is disconnect from the Entry Queue When PCM is initiated site names are displayed over the PCM menu 246 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations PCM VNGR Initiating PCM when there 15757 is only one endpoint connected to a conference that is receiving music results in the music being interrupted PCM VNGR When PCM is activated in 15822 a Gathering enabled conference the PCM menu is displayed on top of the gathering slide instead of the display of the Gathering Slide being terminated before the PCM menu is displayed 297 PCM VNGR When H 263 participant 16849 uses PCM on RMX 2000 with MPM additional Video Windows appear in the Video Layout and the PCM menu appears with large letters on a blurred colored display Recording VNGR In a conference running at 16947 384Kbps and Gathering is enabled recording is set to Upo
103. RED_SUPPORT has been added to support this feature PKI Public Key Infrastructure is a set of tools and policies deployed to enhance the security of data communications between networking entities User names of Application users such as CMA and DMA can be associated with servers machines to ensure that all users are subject to the same account and password policies This version introduces direct interaction between the RMX and Microsoft Active Directory for Authentication and Authorization of Management Network users Media signaling and Management networks can be physically separated on the RMX system to provide enhanced security McAfee Antivirus application can be enabled and scheduled to scan for viruses Enables the administrator to view the Network Intrusion Detection System NIDS log that includes all unpermitted access attempts blocked by the fire wall Unpermitted access includes access to ports which are not opened in the RMX invalid access to open ports S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Version 7 5 0 J Changes to Existing Security Features The following table lists the changes to existing features in Version 7 5 0 J Table 4 Feature Changes List General V 35 Gateway Tab in IP The IP Network Service dialog box has a Network Service Dialog new tab V 35 Gateway enabling the Box administrator to add the gateway toa new or ex
104. RMX was configured to work with VNGFE CMA Address Book the RMX Login window is not displayed 201 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued eon owen Web Client After logging in and out several times in the Web Manager the Ul appears in English instead of French 202 S POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J System Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations On an RMX with a license for 800 audio only participants a disconnection cause always occurs after connecting the 767th participant Audio VNGR 14578 Audio VNGR 14687 Audio VNGR 15938 VNGR 16272 VNGR 16794 VNGR 16798 When connecting 800 VOIP using 4 Entry Queues and 396 Ad Hoc conferences when adding Dial out participants to the conferences they could connect An MCU error message appears MCU INTERNAL PROBLEM 65012 RMX 4000 using HDX endpoints in 2048Kpbs HD Video Switching conference using Siren22Stereo exceeds conference bit rate by sending data to endpoints at 2112kpbs RMX 4000 using HDX endpoints in 2048Kpbs HD Video Switching conference using Siren22Stereo exceeds conference bit rate by sending data to endpoints at 2112kpbs On RMX 4000 with MPM G 728 endpoint isn t declared 1st endpoint in conference at 96kbps Medium volume ho
105. Resource Capacities RMX 4000 2000 1500 Maximum Number of RMX4000 RMX2000 RMX1500 WY POLYCOM Detailed Description MPMx Media Card Table 8 MPMx Resource Capacities RMX 4000 2000 1500 Tae Maximum Number of Number of RMX4000 RMX2000 HD peneana 30fps Resources Resources HD 1080p 30 fps Resources Table 9 lists the maximum resource capacities of RMX 4000 RMX 2000 and RMX 1500 per line rate in VSW conferencing line rate being the deciding factor when used with MPMx cards Table 9 MPMx MPM Resource Capacity per Resolution VSW Conferencing Maximum Possible Resources Per Card Resource Type RMX4000 RMX2000 Audio Algorithm Support In addition to the standard audio algorithms the MPMx card also supports Polycom s proprietary Siren 22 and industry standard G 719 audio algorithms for participants connecting with Polycom endpoints For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 XYZ Guide Audio Algorithm Support on page 2 60 MPMx Guidelines MPMx and MPM Modes e MPMx Mode is the mode in which the RMX operates to fully utilize the increased power and capacity of MPMx cards MPMx and MPM cards that are installed in the system cannot be used simultaneously The RMX can operate in either MPM or MPMx mode e ISDN support is the same as for MPM cards 43 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Operating Mode Selection
106. SH POLYCOM gt Polycom RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes tor Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 August 2011 DOC2595A Trademark Information Polycom the Polycom Triangles logo and the names and marks associated with Polycom s products are trademarks and or service marks of Polycom Inc and are registered and or common law marks in the United States and various other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Patent Information The accompanying product may be protected by one or more U S and foreign patents and or pending patent applications held by Polycom Inc McAfee Inc McAfee the McAfee logo and McAfee AntiVirus are registered trademarks or trademarks of McAfee Inc or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Other marks and brands may be claimed as the property of others The product plans specifications and descriptions herein are provided for information only and subject to change without notice and are provided without warranty of any kind express or implied Copyright 2011 McAfee Inc This software meets the latest U S Department of Defense network requirements for listing on the 4 Defense Switched Network DSN Approved Products List APL as maintained by the Joint Interoperability Test Command JITC This document provides the latest information for security conscious users running version 7 5 0 J software 2010 Pol
107. SOFTWARE PRODUCT 24 Proprietary Notices You may not remove or obscure any proprietary notices identification label or trademarks on orin the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or the supporting documentation 165 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 166 25 Software Transfer You may permanently transfer all of your rights under this Agreement solely in connection with transfer of the PRODUCT provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades or updates this Agreement and if applicable the Certificate of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this Agreement If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is an upgrade or update any transfer must indude all prior versions of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT However if the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is marked Not for Resale or NFR you may notresell it or otherwise transfer it for value 2 6 Copyright All title and copyrights in and to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text programs and applets incomorated into the SOFTWARE PRODUCT the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT are owned by POLYCOM or its suppliers Title ownership rights and intellectual property rights in the SOFTWARE PRODUCT shall remain in POLYCOM or its suppliers Title and rela
108. Sliders HD 720p30 3 Resources ioe a ee as a1 1024 kbps a HD 1080p30 6 Resources Po SR aa NTE a a a a e aa aao Motis CIF 30 1 Resource 64 kbp Motion CIF 60 1 5 Resources Ta 384 kbps Sliders D 60 3 Resources po a ae E Ee e HD 720p60 6 Resources ih a ala T E S a T j cancet Resolutions Resources per connection Selected Minimum Threshold Line Rate for Resolution Max Resolution Pane The Maximum CP Resolution of the RMX can be set to one of the following resolutions e HD 1080p30 HD 720p30 SD30 e CIF30 Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag The MAX_CP_RESOLUTION flag value is applied to the system during First Time Power on and after a system upgrade The default value is HD1080 All subsequent changes to the Maximum CP Resolution of the system are made by selections in this pane Maximum Resolution Maximum Resolution can be limited per conference or per participant endpoint 131 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 132 S POLYCOM The Maximum Conference Resolution can be limited via the Profile Video Quality dialog box For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining Profiles on page 1 9 The Maximum Resolution can further be limited per participant endpoint via the Participa
109. Using RMX 2000 with MPMx H 320 call to VSX8000 endpoint fails with Call Disconnection Cause listed as No net connection 0 Connect to the network using VPN and then start a conference with LPR enabled connect endpoints using CMAD the video of the endpoints was very fragmented Artifacts displayed on ISDN endpoints connected to RMX 1500 when content is started or stopped On RMX 1500 audio interruptions are experienced by CMAD endpoints wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Interoperability Avaya 1XC Softphone V7 0 endpoints connected to conference on RMX do not receive content while HDX endpoints do Interoperability On RMX 1500 Video Preview View Participant Received Video of VSX3000 endpoint is displayed as a green screen Problem occurs at 384kbps feature works correctly at higher call rates Interoperability When the privacy shutter V7 0 of a VVX1500 endpoint is closed a mosaic is displayed instead of a black screen Interoperability RMX 2000 with MPMx V7 0 stops receiving calls from DMA Subsequent calls disconnect with disconnection cause cited as Resources Deficiency Interoperability On an RMX with version 7 0 when an Avaya 1XC Softphone dials Avaya 1XC Softphone when pressing the Conference button on the Avaya 1XC Softphone the Ad hoc conference on the RMX does not start Interoperability In DMA when a SIP endpoint is
110. VNGR Dial out to participants 10922 assigned to a Meeting Room will only start when the dial in participant who has activated it has completed the connection process and the Meeting Room has become an ongoing conference General VNGR When moving many 11324 participants simultaneously from one conference to the other both with a line rate of 1920 Kbps a number of HDX8000 endpoints connect secondary When trying to disconnect and reconnect the participants connected as Secondary an MCU Internal error 32122 is displayed 48 General VNGR When updating the Profile 11383 assigned to a Conference Template changes are not applied when the conference becomes ongoing 49 General VNGR When the RMX is set to Change the 11422 Flexible Allocation Mode resource and more than 14 Allocation endpoints are connected to Mode to Fixed a single MPM 80 card in Mode line rates above 2Mbps video artifacts may appear 210 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations General VNGR Sometimes a system error 11701 SOFTWARE_ASSERT_F AILURE appears when the RMX is running under load repetitive connecting and disconnecting participants General VNGR After software upgrade it 11883 is necessary to close and reopen Internet explorer General VNGR When upgrading from 11987 V4 0 3 to V5 0 after inserting the activation key an invalid key message appears General
111. VNGR Rarely a system error 12033 BridgePartyVideoOut cpp Line 1458 Code 1701 DEBUG ASSERT is written to the log file if a change is made to the conference layout while participants are disconnecting Logout and login to the web browser or reopen the Internet Explorer General VNGR Sometimes an assert may 12181 appear when terminating a conference while running 10 conferences at a line rate of 768Kbps and changing the layout for H 323 amp SIP participants General VNGR Endpoints are 12240 disconnected after extended time period 8 hrs when all MPM resources are used Error message is displayed Unit not responding 54 General VNGR Occasionally after 0 First try to 12100 upgrading to version 5 0 reset from the from 4 0 3 4 1 0 4 1 1 SHM if the soft reset fails possible Otherwise hard reset the system 211 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations emer to E werent in Version General VNGR Ona fully loaded RMX 14062 4000 endpoint may disconnects with Call Disconnection Cause stated as MCU internal problem 11122 General VNGR A Shelf Voltage problem is 14151 always displayed in the System Alerts pane regardless of the actual status General VNGR Operator assistance 14159 function is blocked when the TelePresence mode is enabled General VNGR After
112. Welcome Slide Defaut_MR_Welcome Side 5 New Entry Queue TYR Ervice Entry Queue IVR Service Name EO_Custom_Hihies pra Video Welcome Slide The Install File dialog box opens enabling you to select the required slide Once selected you can Preview the slide For more information about Adding Previewing and Selecting Custom Slides see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining a New Conference IVR Service on page 15 9 and Defining a New Entry Queue IVR Service on page 15 31 139 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Auto Redial when Endpoint Drops The Auto Redialing option instructs the RMX to automatically redial IP and SIP participants that have been abnormally disconnected from the conference Guidelines e The Auto Redialing option is disabled by default e Auto Redialing can be enabled or disabled during an ongoing conference using the Conference Properties Advanced dialog box e The RMX will not redial an endpoint that has been disconnected from the conference by the participant e The RMX will not redial an endpoint that has been disconnected or deleted from the conference by an operator or administrator Enabling Auto Redialing Auto Redialing is enabled in the New Profile Advanced or during an ongoing conference in the Profile
113. When upgrading the V5 0 0 RMX2000 from V4 1 to V5 0 0 23 after the software was uploaded an error message Version download failed appears WY POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued es Detected Workaroun cameo Koy oesenpton stron Upgrade Loss of Connection to the V5 0 1 Process Management Network and H323 Signaling Ports occurs immediately after upgrading RMX 4000 to version 5 0 1 23 137 Video On the RMX 4000 with a VSW conference set to 1080p30 when the RMX dials out to 3 HDX and 2 LifeSize endpoints the HDX endpoints remain stuck in their splash screen 138 Video During a video conference on the RMX2000 with an MPM x card bitrate overflow occurs when there s a lot of motion in the video Video On an RMX 2000 with MPMs cards running a 1920 Kbps conference using the following settings LPR Sharpness and Video Clarity when connecting ISDN endpoints metallic background noises can be heard Connect an H 323 endpoint then ISDN endpoints view their own video 140 Video On an RMX1500 when connecting seven HDX8006 endpoints to a 4096 Kbps amp HD 1080p conference with Video Clarity Sharpness Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled stripes appeared in the endpoints video Video Connecting three HDX8006 six HDX9004 and nine V500 endpoints to a 1024 Kbps HD 1080p conference running on an RMX1500 with V
114. X 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 190 S POLYCOM Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun Software Version Software Version Upgrade Process Upgrade process Upgrade Process Upgrade Process Upgrade Process Upgrade Process VNGR 16915 VNGR 16565 VNGR 16430 VNGR 16884 VNGR 14844 VNGR 16828 VNGR 12389 When using RMX with V7 0 MPMx MplApiSocket disconnects for 10 seconds resulting in disconnection of all participants On RMX 1500 Encryption V7 0 Key Server can cause the MCU to display High CPU Usage alert after restart After upgrading to the V7 0 RMX1500 to Ver 7 0 0 123 the following error message appears CardsComponent Type switch Description Temperature problem Major On RMX 2000 MPL failure V7 0 occurs after upgrading Version 7 0 On an RMX2000 4000 V7 0 when upgrading to version 7 0 build 139 the MPMx card on Hardware Monitor appears normal but the MPMkx card blinking LEDs indicate the card is still startup mode The Faults List is empty V6 0 when upgrading the RMX 2000 from V5 01 build 24 to v6 0 build 86 When upgrading RMX4000 V7 0 7 0 0 136 with MPM to Version 7 0 0 142 or 7 0 0 145 MPL Failure was indicated and the RTM IP still shows in upgrade while the RMX exits the startup indication
115. Y EXCLUSIONS 6 1 Limited Warranty Except as otherwise setforth in a Third Party License or in third party license terms set forth below POLYCOM warrants that a the SOFTWARE PRODUCT will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying documentation for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of shipment by POLYCOM and b any SUPPORT SERVICES provided by POLYCOM shall be substantially as described in applicable written materials provided to you by POLYCOM POLYCOM DOES NOT WARRANT THAT YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR THAT ALL DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT WILL BE CORRECTED YOU ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SELECTION OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT TO ACHIEVE YOUR INTENDED RESULTS AND FOR THE INSTALLATION USE AND RESULTS OBTAINED FROM THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT POLYCOM S SOLE OBLIGATION UNDER THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY SHALL BE AT POLYCOM S OPTION AND EXPENSE TO REFUND THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY YOU FOR ANY DEFECTIVE SOFTWARE PRODUCT WHICH IS RETURNED TO POLYCOM WITH A COPY OF YOUR RECEIPT OR TO REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE MEDIA WITH SOFTWARE WHICH SUBSTANTIALLY CONFORMS TO APPLICABLE POLYCOM PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS Any replacement SOFTWARE PRODUCT will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer 6 2 Warranties Exclusive IF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT DOES NOT OPERATE AS WARRANTED ABOVE YOUR SOLE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THAT WARRANTY SHALL BE REPAIR REPLAC
116. ab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Click the Security tab on page 14 28 14 Click the OK button The new Network Service is added to the IP Network Services list pane Setting a Network Service as Default The default Network Service is used when no Network Service is selected for the following e Dial out participants e Reserving resources for participants when starting an ongoing conference e Gateway calls In addition the Signaling Host IP address and the MCU Prefix in GK displayed on the RMX Web Client main screen are taken from the default H 323 Network Service One IP Network Service can be defined as default for H 323 connections and another Network Service as default for SIP connections If the IP Network Service supports both H 323 and SIP connections you can set the same Network Service as default for both H 323 and SIP or for H 323 only or for SIP only To designate an IP Network Service as the default IP Network Service 1 In the Device Management pane click IP Network Services i 2 In the Network Services list pane right click the IP Network Service to be set as the default and then click Set As H 323 Default or Set As SIP Default 75 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 76 S POLYCOM The next time you access this menu a check mark is added next to the network
117. able in IP Network Service does not function 238 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations TEEN Detected ISDN VNGR 12007 ISDN VNGR 12011 VNGR 12034 VNGR 15707 Occasionally when ISDN participants connect to a conference with line rate 384kbs multiple asserts appear in the log file Occasionally an ISDN participant fails to connect to the conference due to the following error MCU internal problem 50020 In a conference running at a line rate of 384 Kbps H 320 encrypted participant cannot connect and an assert appears An RMX 4000 with a 384K H 320 conference with Motion and AES enabled when a Tandberg 6000 MXP connects the endpoint encounters video freezes During a conference the ISDN line is functional but the line has no clock source VNGR 16264 VNGR 16301 VNGR 16726 VNGR 16863 After starting a VSW conference with LPR enabled when dialing out using ISDN a message appears SIP cannot connect to VSW with LPR enabled On an RMX2000 with MPMx cards running an 383 Kbps ISDN conference when connecting 10 endpoints by blast dial out the endpoints video showed black screens On RMX 1500 ISDN endpoint is listed with Connected With Problem status Corrections and Known Limitations o B i E i E ER o ER i a 239 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2
118. an be associated with each RTM LAN card Figure 3 RMX 2000 Rear Panel with RTM LAN Cables RMX 1500 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 1500 The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RMX 1500 LAN4 LAN 2 MI MNG B Shelf LAN3 LAN 4 Modem ING Pom ara ray era aa aya ay fare sea a ac pO ia 6 7 8 ACT STBY ROY Table 19 LAN Connections to the RTM IP Media and signaling additional second Network Service Media and signaling existing first Network Service 69 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J wy POLYCOM Table 19 LAN Connections to the RTM IP we C C RMX Configuration 70 Once the network cables are connected to the RMX unit you can modify the default IP Network Service and add additional Network Services System Flags and License Settings The MULTIPLE_SERVICES System Flag determines whether the Multiple Services option will be activated once the appropriate license is installed Possible Values YES NO Default NO This flag must be manually added to the system configuration and set to YES to enable this option For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags on page 19 21 If the MULTIPLE_SERVICES System Flag is set to YES and no RTM ISDN or RTM LAN card is installed in the RMX 2000 an
119. anagement pane click Conference Profiles 2 In the Conference Profiles pane click the New Profile button or double click the entry of an existing profile to be modified 97 Sy POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 3 Click the Gathering Settings tab gt General Display Name gt Advanced athering Setting Line Rate 1728 Kbps z gt Vaerematity gt Video Settings gt Audio Settings Enable Gathering Phase gt Skins gt IVR Display Language English gt Recording 4 Dial in Number 1 gt Network Services Dial in Number 2 Infot Info2 Info3 4 Define the following fields Table 2 Profile Gathering Settings E ee Display Name This field is defined when the Profile is created For more information see the RMX 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining Profiles on page 1 9 Enable Gathering Select this check box to enable the Gathering Phase feature Default Selected Displayed Select the Gathering Phase slide language Language Gathering Phase slide field headings are displayed in the language selected The Gathering Phase slide can be in a different language to the RMX Web Client Default English Note When working with the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook the language selected should match the language selected for the conference in the Polycom Conferenc
120. ane becomes minimized and does not show video of the next participant 83 General VNGR Connect to an RMX as 16237 Operator using the RMX Manager Then connect an Administrator to same RMX the following message appears cannot login to MCU x x x x with the user name and password entered 85 General VNGR The Host name is not 16296 defined in the Fast Configuration Wizard during the initial system configuration Therefore when trying to configure either the Control or the Shelf IP address or both the error message Invalid Host Name is displayed when clicking OK 215 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations General VNGR Ina4MBHDCP 16338 conference set to 720p with 3 participants 1 endpoint disconnected due to the following message MCU internal problem General VNGR Onan RMX with MPM 16377 card when starting a VSW conference from the Profile you can select 6144 Kbps as the line rate 88 General VNGR On RMX 1500 with two 16427 conferences running and Legacy Content enabled line artifacts are displayed in the middle of the CMAD screen after it is disconnected from the first and reconnected to the second conference General VNGR On RMX 2000 with MPM 16466 MCU Internal Problem 32112 occurs during mini load smoke on MPM when 20 video participants are connected at 384kbps Gen
121. at is to receive the conference In the Conferences list pane right click and in the drop down menu select Paste Conference As D Marketing D Support X Display Name Status ID Start Tim Logistics 50494 8 12 PM 30371 8 09 PM 71979 8 09 PM New Conference Copy Conference Paste Paste Conference Conference As J gt General gt Participants gt Information Display Name Duration F Routing Name Profile ID Conference Password Chairperson Password Maximum Number of Participants I Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in ISDN PSTN Network Service Dial in Number 1 Dial in Number 2 Reserve Resources for Video Participants Reserve Resources for Voice Participants SUPPORT_959228836 Factory Video_Profile zl 70875 o a Automatic SUPPORT_959228836 14 00 M Permanent Conference 2 Modify the conference information as required 3 Click the OK button to paste and start the new conference 129 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Resolution Configuration 130 In previous versions video resolutions for participants were determined according toa predefined video resolution decision matrix The decision matrix matched video resolutions to connection line rates with the aim of providing the best balance between resource usage and video qual
122. ble to all participants ss nssnssssssssssrtssssrsrtsstessresstesseenreens 154 Aspect ratio for standard endpoints 0 eeeseeesseseeseeseeeecateeeeeeaeeeees 154 Video Fade is enabled for all Telepresence conferences 0 0 0 cece 154 Limiting Maximum Resolution 2 0 0 ccc ceccceseeeecscseseseseecscsssnseecececseanseecessnananseeees 155 Auto LAV Out Changes EE EE 156 CHICK View Changes sssini ean a a E E nri 156 System Configuration Auto Layout Flags ss ssssssessesiserisessresresresressesresressess 157 Avto Brightness beein e a a E R E aE e i aeai ariaa 158 Guidelines perrin ieran r ie RRE EE ENRE E ERE 158 Audi Only M ssage sssrini eveainesctuvoeasesesctvcsevnonsescoevtasssosscsbesesvansatee chases 159 Guidelines esisiini enini ern i a ai ee iaer raea 159 Enabling the Audio Only Message s ss ssssssssssssesissessresierissresrssresresresresresresresress 160 Conference IVR Service ninie easa a loons E ES 160 Entry Quetie IVR Service nsnsi a treor aeree die worn diate aati 160 AUUCIO Settings LAD sisri eainiie E N E SAAN E 161 Audio Clarity GuideliheSasenisis aian 161 DTMF Forwarding Suppression sisisieseriiriresnicireriririr iiini iii i 162 Guidelines 0 05 sccessisessnanetvnnnsssuesdaevareecsosorseteovenies EEE REEERE E 162 Call Flow and Configuration cccccceccssssesssseecsesesessesseseesescssesensensseeeeessseesens 162 System Flags speisen oesie iepr E SS E 164 End User License Agreement For Polycom Software
123. ccesses the Entry Queue the participant connection fails even though the participant entered the correct conference ID When trying to connect SIP participant thru 11971 external API application when the URI and IP address fields are switched the IP address is left empty and the URI is set to the IP address the endpoint will disconnect The maximum number of Meeting Rooms Entry 11949 11923 Queues SIP Factories and on going conferences that can be registered to the Proxy is limited to 100 The error message Network does not have enough resources to complete your call Try calling at a lower rate is displayed when two SIP CMAD participants dial in to the conference at the same time Cannot dial out to a SIP endpoint 13384 13657 VNGFE 2450 Upgrade Multiple Resets when upgrading from version 3 x Procedure 4 0x to version 4 1 The upgrade process was improved by e Adding progress bar for startup e Improving the download process to the MCU e Reducing the number of required resets Upgrade Sometimes after upgrade the MPM card remained Procedure in Reset Mode Upgrade Sometimes after upgrade the connection with the Procedure RTM IP switch is lost Video Site names are not displayed in 4x4 and 1 10 layouts Sometimes the video processing units on the 13415 MPM cards are not responding and MCU reset is VNGFE required 2460 Upgrade After upgrading from version 4 1 1 19 to version 13189 5 0 and the
124. ce The DTMF Codes of the Recording actions defined in the default IVR Services shipped with new RMX systems were changed as follows e Start Resume Recording old 73 new 3 e Stop Recording old 74 new 2 e Pause Recording old 75 new 1 Note Recording is not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Multilingual Support Site names can now be displayed in Kazakh fonts 7 System Configuration The flag ITP_CROPPING was added to Flag determine the automatic cropping performed by the system when adjusting the display aspect ratio from 9 16 to 3 4 and vice versa in Telepresence ITP conferences The following values can be defined e ITP default When a Telepresence ITP conference is detected the image will not be cropped on the sides but either black strips will be added to the top and bottom when adjusting the aspect ratio from 9 16 to 3 4 or strips will be cropped from the top and the bottom at a ratio of 84 16 for 3 4 to 9 16 ratio adjustment This setting is compatible with system behavior in previous versions CP cropping is performed equally from top and bottom or from the sides depending on the required ratio adjustment as done in non telepresence conferences CP conferences MIXED cropping is performed equally from the sides of the picture as in CP mode and 84 16 from top and bottom as in ITP mode depending on the required ratio adjustment 10 WY POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J
125. cerning the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and may be amended only by a writing executed by both parties If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable 11 3 Contact If you have any questions concerning this Agreement or if you desire to contact POLYCOM for any reason please contact the POLYCOM office serving your country 11 4 U S Government Restricted Rights The software and documentation provided by Polycom pursuant to this Agreement are Commercial Items as the term is defined at 48 C F R 2 101 consisting of Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 or 48 C F R 227 7202 as applicable Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 or 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 72024 as applicable the Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation are licensed to United States Government end users 1 only as Commercial Items and 2 with only those rights as are granted to all other users pursuantto the terms of this Agreement 11 5 High Risk Activities The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is not fault tolerant and is not designed or Intended for use in hazardous environments requiring fail safe performance including without limitation in the operation of nuclear facilities aircraft navigation or communication systems air traffic control weapons systems
126. changing the 14624 conference profile assigned to a conference template that includes participants some of these participant are randomly deleted from the conference template General VNGR When a conference is 14688 deleted in the RMX Manager conference participants are not deleted in the participants list General VNGR H 323 party disconnect 14767 due to MCU Internal Problem 32212 General VNGR Saving to a Conference 15320 Template a conference in which the Message Overlay is enabled automatically enables the message overlay option in the conference that is started from this template General VNGR When defining a New 14667 Profile in the Video Settings tab and selecting a Layout in the Conference Profiles list there is no indication of the selected layout and the layout icon is missing 212 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations General VNGR o When monitoring a CP 15324 conference with 5 or more endpoints from 5 Web Client sessions on separate workstations Video Previews can be opened from 4 workstations Attempting to open a fifth Video Preview causes an error Failed to Preview Video Failure Status instead of The Preview cannot be displayed The maximum number of previews per MCU has been reached General VNGR Sometimes when Restore 15366 Factory Defaults is performed the active alarm CPU slot ID not identified Mc
127. cing as one Network Service may run out of available resources while another Network Service may have all of it resources available In such a case the port gauges may show that half of the system resources are available for conferencing while calls via the Network Service with no available resources will fail to connect 81 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Antivirus McAfee SDK Antivirus included in this version can be enabled disabled updated and scanning times can be set and scheduled The McAfee SDK Antivirus application scans the following types of files e All files that are sent and loaded to the RMX e All RMX versions e IVR files e TLS certificates e Restore and Backup configuration files Guidelines e McAfee SDK Antivirus is supported in Ultra Secure Mode e Audit files entries resulting from Antivirus scans are time stamped in GMT e Zip files cannot be un compressed e RMX 2000 s with 512Mb Control Units are not supported Scheduling The McAfee SDK Antivirus application must be enabled and scheduled by an administrator or a user with administrator permissions 1 To enable disable the Antivirus Application Scan 2 Inthe Setup menu click Antivirus to open the Antivirus dialog box Enable Disable the Antivirus application scan by selecting the Anti Virus Scan check box When enabled and a scan is not scheduled the system will initiate based on
128. cipant As or If you are using the RMX Manager and you want to paste the participant to a conference on another RMX a Inthe MCUs list pane click the RMX that is hosting the conference that is to receive the participant S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features b Inthe Conferences list pane click the conference you want to paste the copied cut participant into c Right click and in the drop down menu select Paste Participant As Tonferences 3 Participante 2 GR Ey amp frxRe Kk GO a q Name Status Role IP Display N Status ID Start Tim End Tim SUPPORT_2100650633 2 participants SPM 5 55PM fy 2 lt gt Conn 2a D Rex 1 lt Conn 1d E 25 PM 6 25 Pr New Participant Add Participant from Address Book Quick Search Copy Participant Cut Participant Paste Darticipan fe Poste Participant As N The Address Book Participant Properties dialog box is displayed Gavin Properties gt General gt Advanced Name Gavin gt Information Endpoint Website Dialing Direction Dial out Type H 323 Md IP Address 192 33 45 90 Alias Name Type Jack H 3231D z Website IP Address Ip Service Network Primary x I Audio Only Extension Identifier String Add to Address Book Modify the participant information as required For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Modifying Participants in the A
129. ck Export RMX Manager Configuration Add MCU Export RMX Manager Configuration Import RMX Manager Configuration The Export RMX Manager Configuration dialog box opens Click the Browse button to select the location of the save file or enter the required path in the Export Path box Export RMX Manager Configuration 4 xj Export Path The selected file path is displayed in the Export Path box Click OK to export the RMX Manager configuration To Import the RMX Manager Configuration 1 In the Multi RMX Manager click the Import RMX Manager Configuration e button in the toolbar or right click anywhere in the MCUs pane and then click Import RMX Manager Configuration Add MCU Export RMX Manager Configuration Import RMX Manager Configuration The Import RMX Manager Configuration dialog box opens Import RMX Manager Configuration E xj Browse Are you sure you want to merge the two MCU lists Import Path S POLYCOM 3 4 Detailed Description New Features Click the Browse button to select the saved file or enter the required path in the Export Path box The Open dialog box is displayed Open 2 x Look in E Desktop z amp eae Ea Fe My Recent Documents Desktop My E er My Computer My Documents p My Computer My Network Places 172 22 185 20 FW New API Added to RMX version 4 6 and 4 6 1 Due Date i
130. conds Default 15 seconds The value of this flag determines the duration of the display of the Gathering slide for participants that connect to the conference after the conference Start Time Participants connecting to the conference very close to of the end of the Gathering Phase when there are fewer seconds left to the end of the Gathering Phase than specified by the value of the flag have the Gathering slide displayed for the time specified by the value of the flag Example If the value of the flag is set to 15 the Gathering Phase slide is displayed to the participant for 15 seconds Enabling the Gathering Phase Display The Gathering Phase is enabled for per conference in the Conference Profile The profile also includes the dial in numbers and the optional additional information to display on the slide Conferences that are configured to include a Gathering Phase that are not launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook need the following information to be entered via the New Profile or Profile Properties Gathering Settings dialog box e Display Name Optional the Meeting Name is used if left blank e Displayed Language e Access Number 1 2 Optional e Additional Information Optional free text Infol Info2 Info3 Conferences launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook receive this information from the meeting invitation To enable the Gathering Phase 1 Inthe RMX M
131. connected to a certain MCU and the user chooses to stop using it the call is routed toa different MCU while the call rate is reduced by 64k Interoperability Avaya 1XC Softphone intermittently partially connects to conference RMX when connecting as 2nd or subsequent participant 233 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Interoperability Using Tandberg MXP endpoints artifacts and choppy occur in video for 10 seconds after 1mbps H 323 or SIP connection to RMX 1500 Interoperability The Gathering slide turns green after changing layout on ViewStations when ViewStation SP Release 7 5 4 16 SP and ViewStation 512k Release 7 5 4 17 are connected to a conference running on RMX2000 with MPM at a Line Rate of 384Kbps LPR Same Layout and Auto Layout are enabled Interoperability When RMX dials out from an encrypted conference running at 768Kbps video quality set to Sharpness and with LPR enabled to H 323 HDX A the call connects OK Then H 323 HDX B dials into HDX A and the call connects OK When HDX B disconnects from HDX A the video freezes on HDX A and RMX shows HDX A as connected with problem Interoperability iPower 9000 endpoint in H 323 call with RMX with MPM or MPMx does not transmit audio in encrypted calls Interoperability Call on RMX 2000 with MPMx using HDX endpoint connects at 128Kbps wit
132. cording the request type sent by the CMA and DMA In Fixed Resource Capacity Mode CMA DMA receive information about the number of occupied resources per resource type Audio only CIF SD HD 720p HD 1080p and per conference or MCU according the request type sent by the CMA and DMA Occupied resources are resources that are connected to ongoing conferences Disconnected endpoints in an ongoing conference are not counted as occupied resources An ongoing conference that does not include participants and the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option is disabled does not occupy resources If the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints option is enabled the conference occupies one SD resource The RMX is unaware of the resource usage split between the CMA and DMA wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Immersive Telepresence ITP Enhancements Changes to the New Profile Dialog Box The New Profile Video Settings dialog box has been modified to enable enhanced control of ITP features such as e Automatic detection of ITP sites e Retrieval of Telepresence Layout Mode e Layout control New Profile gt General gt Gathering Settings gt Advanced Display Name gt Video Quality gt Video Settings ts i I Presentation Mode Auto gt Skins On gt IVR I Lecturer View Switching A Ort gt Recording M Send Content to Legacy Endpoints Telepresence Mode Au
133. csenseecesareeeseeans 103 G idelines ssiri rinii en ieee AEREE E E TEANAS A EESE R 103 Siren 22 and G 719 Audio Algorithm Support s ssssssssssisssssrissssresresrrsressssrenresnesses 104 GUT eLIMES snoras aE ETE E A E EER 104 MOM Ori EEE T E A E E 104 S rO E E EE E E EE 105 Monitoring Participant Audio Properties sssssesssessesessrsseesiesrerresrrsresresresress 105 FA264 High Provile ccsisessnonssesesiecesbonensasensensnssovetonesseonetedsusponctetsedendstetsedensveesbeansdinnaieds 107 G idelineS pisiri cues cessenseadea cvevedsdascvenedaate E E E E 107 Guidelihes vss icirsreiriiie raker raii a apr Ea En EEE SEENE ER Raai 107 H 264 High Profile System Flags ss ssssssssesssssssssesissessresieressresrssresrenresresnesrenresress 108 ISDN ssssesesecessestscteseestdescsssesscsssestestceu ciutedsestaescuse EE ctvesvczesvecsestsisthceasutiedusstutseaness 108 Flags tised in Version 7 0 1 cscssscestecssescvovssevescioneteiesedesoconensdosetonenstonssnngevenneses 108 New Symmetric HD Resolutions in MPMx Mode ou ceccccceseseseseseeseeeseseseseseees 110 Resource Usage sirenat o d eileen EEEE EEEN e Ea Ean ESE 111 Systemi Flag siirsi t ea E NENE EEN 111 Additional Call Rates csissisecnsisssssssesiesassseisvensissetsvennvssetetenssnsebatenjisensoaassloeubuqassibavvveanstss 112 Guidelines tescisecisccvsestecsecvspsaetstavstvdes sen EEEE EE EE ONNEL NEEE 112 H 239 Peopl FContent iiss scissiecsssssnsncssseceenevnesonaesteansiv
134. d Hoc Cascade and Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in options should not be selected with this type of Entry Queue 148 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features The following table lists the changes to existing features in Version 7 5 0 J Table 2 Feature Changes List 149 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J ay POLYCOM RMX Resource Management by CMA and DMA Currently when both CMA and DMA are part of the solution each application works independently and is unaware of the RMX resources used by the other application Guidelines 150 In this version following a request by the CMA and DMA the RMX will send updates on resource usage to both CMA and DMA with each application updating its own resource usage for the RMX This provides better management of the RMX resources by CMA and DMA Resource usage updates from RMX to the CMA and DMA are supported only with RMXs with MPM Cards Both Flexible Resource Capacity and Fixed Resource Capacity modes are supported Following requests sent by CMA and DMA the RMX will send the number of occupied resources for a conference or total for the MCU according the Resource capacity mode used by the system In Flexible Resource Capacity Mode CMA DMA receive information about how many Video CIF and Audio resources are occupied per conference or MCU ac
135. ddress Book on page 5 11 Optional If not already in the Address Book the copied cut participant can be added to the Address Book Optional The new participant can be added to the Address Book Click the OK button to connect the new participant to the selected conference 127 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM Copy and Paste Conference 128 The RMX user can Copy and Paste conferences When using the RMX Web Client conferences can copied and pasted on the same RMX however when using the RMX Manager with its ability to manage multiple RM Xs conferences can be copied and pasted between different RM Xs Copy Conference The Copy command copies all the conference s properties including connected participants and makes these properties available for pasting starting a new conference The copied conference remains active until it terminates or is deleted To copy a conference 1 Inthe Conferences List pane right click the conference you want to copy 2 Inthe drop down menu select Copy Conference Conferences ay m Xen W Display Name Status ID Start Tim By Logistics 50494 8 12 PM Marketing 30371 8 09 PM Copy Conference Quick Search Conference Properties Paste Conference The Paste Conference command starts the new conference on the same RMX or on a different RMX To paste a conference gt gt R
136. different RMX a Inthe MCUs list pane click the RMX that is hosting the conference that is to receive the participant b Inthe Conferences list pane click the conference you want to paste the copied cut participant into c Right click and in the drop down menu select Paste Participant Participants 2 J GX a Bekken 4 Name Status Role IP Display N Status ID Start Tim End Tim SUPPORT_2100650633 2 participants 6 15 PM 5 55 Ph Rex 2 lt gt Conn 2a Rex 1 gt Conn iu New Participant Add Participant from Address Book Quick Search Copy Participant Paste Participant N Paste Participant As The participant is connected to the conference Paste Participant As The Paste Participant As command allows the RMX user to create a new participant using the copied participant s properties as a template It automatically opens the Address Book Participant Properties dialog box allowing the RMX user to modify the participant s properties effectively creating a new participant When the OK button in the Participant Properties dialog box is clicked the new participant is connected to the selected conference To paste a participant as a new participant 1 Inthe Conferences List pane click the conference you want to paste the copied cut participant into Right click in the Participants List pane of the selected conference and in the drop down menu select Paste Parti
137. e all but me Secure conference Unsecure conference e The called RMX RMX B automatically identifies the calling participant as an MCU and the connection is identified as a cascading link e Tre link participant is identified by the same cascading link icon as H 323 link e Content sharing is not supported across ISDN Cascading link 4 ISDN Cascading is not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Call Flow and Configuration 162 ISDN connection can be used to link between two MCUs and create a cascading conference Conference A Conference B ID 12345 Participant A aa v ibd jia S S24 ISDN Dial number 54145106 RMX MCU A RMX MCU B Figure 5 Cascading Between Two MCUs Using an ISDN Link S POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features ISDN Network Service is configured in both MCUs The Entry Queue or conference for direct dial in is enabled for ISDN connection and a dial in number is assigned for example 54145106 y Display Name moo Routing Name Profile Factory_Video_Profile E2 ID Entry Queue IVR Service Entry Queue IVR Service T I Ad Hoc I7 IVR service provider only Cascade Mme Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in ISDN PSTN Network Service Default Service ie Dial in Number 1 54145106 Dial in Number 2 A dial out ISDN participant is defined added to conference A The participants s dial out number is the dia
138. e when connected over H 323 or ISDN to a conference running on RMX 1500 at a line rate of 1024kbps and LPR encryption and Send Content to Legacy Endpoint options enabled 416 Video VNGR Rainbow bar appears 17571 when changing the conference layout from CP_LAYOUT_1X2 or from CP_LAYOUT_1X2HOR to CP_LAYOUT_1X2VER or CP_LAYOUT_2X1 ina conference running on RMX 2000 with MPM x at a line rate of 4096kbps Video Quality set to SHARPNESS and Video Clarity Encryption LPR and Echo Suppression options enabled Site names are blinking when connecting H 261 263 participants to the conference E g B V7 265 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations rae Detected in Video seen on HDX8006 7006 screen looks superimposed and blotchy after changing the video layout to full screen when connected via H 323 to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 384kbps and Encryption and LPR options enabled 418 Video VNGR 17611 419 Video VNGR 17640 420 VNGR 17644 VNGR 17646 VNGR 17657 Video freeze occur when connecting the 74th HD 720p participants out of 80 to a conference running on RMX 4000 with 4 MPM 80 cards at a line rate of 1MB Video Quality set to Sharpness and Video Clarity encryption and LPR options enabled Video freeze occur when connecting 40 HD 720p participants to a c
139. ear in the video 194 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued e yom TO in Version Video VNGR When connecting a 11257 VSX3000 endpoint to a CP conference at a line rate of 4M and video quality set to Sharpness video quality of the connected participants is affected Video VNGR When the VVX1500 is 3 Do not force 11541 forced to H 263 in SIP the calls the endpoint cannot VVX1500 to receive video from the H 263 RMX Video VNGR Incorrect video aspect ratio 11609 in full screen in mixed resolution conference running at a line rate of 384 Kbps and to which Video VNGR Site names disappear from 11680 layout 4x4 or 1 10 164 Video VNGR Several HDX endpoints Disconnect 11697 connected to a conference and connect running on RMX version the 4 1 at 1Mb at a lower endpoint resolution 4SIF instead of 720p Video VNGR In a conference running at 12217 line rate of 4Mb and resolution of HD1080p some HDX endpoints H 323 amp SIP encounter video problems due to a DSP failure Video VNGR When a VSX7000 IP 13311 endpoint joins a conference running at a line rate of 384 Kbps set to Sharpness with VSX6000 V500 and VSX7000 IP endpoints connected the video resolution changes to 4CIF 195 Sa POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Corrections Between Ver
140. ected to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPM 80 at a line rate of 384kbps and LPR and Encryption options enabled Diagnostics VNGR On the RMX1500 2000 16142 when running the Diagnostic RTM ISDN test ID 717 RTM TDM FALC1 Diag the test fails Reason for the test failure RTM Timeout RTM didn t send Test Completed Diagnostics VNGR On an RMX2000 with 16742 MPMx_D cards when performing an Power ON Self Test POST the MPMx card runs the card monitoring test in an endless loop Diagnostics VNGR Onan RMX 4000 in the 16754 Diagnostic mode when pressing the menu reset button the following message appears connection with shelf management is lost please log in again You can only exit the Diagnostic mode after physically turning the RMX Off and On Diagnostics VNGR Software verification failure V7 0 2 18257 is indicated when running diagnostics on RMX 1500 MPMx card Encryption VNGR In an encrypted 11401 conference Tandberg MXP endpoints encounter audio problems 208 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Encryption VNGR Rarely in an encrypted V5 0 0 12202 conference H 323 encrypted dial in and dial out participants cannot connect and an assert appears File EncryptionKeyServer Manager cpp 39 Encryption VNGR No video is seen and the i 14840 Aethra VegaStar Gold endpoint remains connected with a problem when co
141. ected to this media card it is enough to assign one media card to this Network Service In such a case enter one IP address for the media card according to the LAN Port used for the connection as provided by the network administrator If each of the LAN ports on one media card is used with two different networks each port is assigned to its own Network Service In such a case enter the IP address of the port to be assigned to this Network Service Notes e LAN Ports Media cards that are already associated with another Network Service cannot be associated with this Network Service You can define a Network Service without assigning media cards to it To change the assignment of a card from one service to another the card must first be removed from the service to which it is assigned prior to its assignment to another service RMX 2000 If one card was already assigned to another service only one additional card can be assigned to this service RMX 4000 Depending on the number of media cards installed in the system you can assign up to 4 media cards to this network service provided that they are not assigned to any other Network Service Enter the subnet mask of the MCU in that network service Default value 255 255 255 0 Optional Some system flags can be defined per Network Service depending on the network environment To modify these flags click the Service Configuration button S POLYCOM Detailed Description Ne
142. ecution Evidence of any such unauthorized use collected during monitoring may be used for administrative criminal or other adverse action Use of this system constitutes consent to monitoring for these purposes 91 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM User Management User Name Case Sensitivity User names are case sensitive Strong Passwords User Passwords Maximum Repeating Characters A System Flag MAX_PASSWORD_REPEATED_CHAR allows the administrator to configure the maximum number of consecutive repeating characters to be allowed in a password Range 1 4 Default 2 Conference and Chairperson Passwords 92 Maximum Repeating Characters A System Flag MAX_CONF_PASSWORD_REPEATED_CHAR allows the administrator to configure the maximum number of consecutive repeating characters that are to be allowed in a password Range 1 4 Default 2 4 Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Detailed Description Changes to Existing Security Features wy POLYCOM USB Restore to Default The USB port of an RMX in Ultra Secure Mode can be used to e Restore the RMX to Factory Security Defaults mode https gt http e Perform a Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults Restore to Factory Security Defaults Restore to Factory Security Defaults can be performed by either Inserting a USB device such as a mouse or a keyboa
143. ed Status ALEJA 1 13242 o Test in progress 17 98591 o No test runnin 9 Video Voice Port Configuration and Resource Report Changes No reset is required when changing the Video Voice Port Configuration on the RMX 1500 When switching between Flexible Resource Capacity and Fixed Resource Capacity modes no reset is required However the Video Voice Configuration slider cannot be changed while there are ongoing conferences on the RMX 1500 Flexible Resource Capacity is default resource allocation mode on the RMX 1500 The Video and Audio resource capacities on the RMX 1500 are a maximum of e 90 Video Ports e 360 Audio Ports Videos Voice Port Configuration Resource Capacity Mode Flexible Resource Capacity C Fixed Resource lhe Port Configuration Video Ports 42 42 36 30 24 18 12 g 0 I 1 i 1 i I I I 1 I i 1 1 1 i t j t j 1 1 1 1 i 1 i i J 0 24 48 72 36 120 144 168 Voice Ports 0 The Resource Capacity Modes are identical to the RMX 2000 4000 The slider moves in multiples of three in MPMx Card Configuration Mode converting CIF video ports to voice ports in groups of three with each CIF video port converting to four voice ports The minimum number of voice ports that can be allocated is 12 3 video ports x 4 voice ports per video port 37 Me POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Securi
144. ed Switching when connecting to 11392 an ISDN Video participant 2024 199 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 200 Table 65 S POLYCOM 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued Sey eee ISDN Gateway IVR Partners Microsoft Partners Micro soft Reservations Resource Capacity RMX Manager RTM ISDN Content is not sent from an IP HDX endpoint to an ISDN VSX endpoint via the RMX 2000 gateway when connecting at a line rate of 256 Kops and the Gateway Profile is set to Motion A conference with a 1920Kbps Line Rate and IVR Service that includes a Welcome Slide both the Welcome Slide and Video are partially blacked out IVR Roll Call Tone is replaced by a recorded participant name due to overwriting the tone wav file by the recorded file After the pfx file is installed the RMX has to be reset in order for it to register to the OCS server and to enable SIP calls Initiate the Reset from the Hardware Monitor list as no prompt is displayed After the pfx file is installed the RMX has to be reset in order for it to register to the OCS server and to enable SIP calls Initiate the Reset from the Hardware Monitor list as no prompt is displayed Recording links on RMX 4 0 do not support AES encryption although the RSS v4 0 and above have an AES encryption option An error message is displayed when checking the propert
145. ed against a list of trusted issuers The digital signature of the issuing authority of the revocation certificate is verified Installing and Using Certificates on the RMX The following certificate file formats are supported e PEM e DER e PKCS 7 P7B e PKCS 12PFX 48 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Default Management Network The procedure necessary to purchase and install certificates for the Default Management Network of the RMX is unchanged and is described in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Secure Communication Mode on page F 1 Enabling Peer Certificate Requests A new tab Security has been added to the Management Network Properties dialog box to enable the Request Peer Certificate feature to be enabled The Request peer certificate check box must be selected before enabling Secured Mode If it is not selected an Active Alarm is created and a message is displayed stating that Secured Communications Mode must be enabled To enable Request Peer Certificate 1 Inthe RMX Management pane click the IP Network Services entry In the IP Network Services list pane double click the Management Network entry Click the Security tab Select the Request Peer Certificate check box Click the OK button 2 3 4 5 gt IP gt Routers Network Service Name f gt ONS gt LAN Ports Request peer certificate m 49 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for
146. eeesesesesteteseeeees 88 Detailed Description Changes to Existing Security Features 89 RMX Hardwate Sesi i oo Sie reaa nE EE E EA EET E E EES 89 Ultra Secure Mod Flag scstiesesescsesssssascwes ues ssvesenets sovessuessssnesatesess age skessds igs AiE EAEI EI 89 Guidelines srin nosni i E ESEE in in ES 89 Login Page Main Page Banners 0 cccsssessesssssessseseseeesesssesesesesesssesesescseseseecseatanseass 90 CUT SLIM ES eses isessvensstagesseneisucevanesasedesentsesssbnenedebessnsvonshivsnevensnddansboneuenencbusevelees oey 90 Non Modifiable Banner Text 0 0 ccccceesesecscseseseescseseseececsserseseececesansnesesensneneeesey 90 Sample T Bannet miissen en Eae er EE A A 90 Sampl 2 Bannet neseni n a e EE S EEE E S 91 Samples Banner cssicicieiei ts Testes estates aesdieaepteha AEE E ENE 91 Sample 4 Banner iese ise eers sanezevseeeessheneston vias aE eas EEEE EEEE AEE as 91 User Management aercseiiescrissrirsseossetissdtis tuniko ne iaevecp estes EET E EEEE EENE EEEE 92 User Name Case Sensitivity srren erens s oie EE E EES ancien nyt 92 Strong PaSSWOTdS sessdecscsenccavoseiens osseous sssotaness dasysdkansteswdecets dubpsdnenstesundd TN 92 User Passwords sereis ie Riese steers Peete ci aa DAa de ete tie 92 Maximum Repeating Characters 00 0 0 cece ceeseseececeeseeeeeeseseeneeeseneney 92 WH POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Conference and Chairperson Pas
147. efined up to two for each media and signaling network connected to the RMX The networks can be connected to one or several Media cards in the RMX unit The Management Network is logically and physically separated from the media and signaling networks There can be one Management Network defined per RMX system Each conference on the RMX can host participants from the different IP Network networks simultaneously Figure 1 on page 1 62 shows the network topology with three different media and signaling networks and one Management network connected to the RMX 4000 Signaling Media Network 1 Signaling Media Network 2 Server Management HTTP S Signaling H 323 SIP Media RTP RTCP DNS Figure 1 62 Signaling Media Network N Y BS Switch Management Network Network Switch RMX Web Client RMX 4000 Multiple Network Topology Sample wy POLYCOM Guidelines Detailed Description New Security Features Multiple Services system mode is a purchasable option and it is enabled in the MCU license Multiple Services system mode is enabled when the system configuration flag MULTIPLE_SERVICES is added and set to YES Addressing is enabled 4 The MULTIPLE_SERVICE System Flag cannot be set to YES when Pv6 This option is supported with MPM and MPMx media cards Multiple Network Services are supported in MCUs with at least 1024MB memory o
148. em cfg For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining Profiles on page 1 9 and Modifying System Flags on page 19 6 R P gt General Display Name gt Advanced gt Gathering Settings Line Rate 1728 Kbps x gt Video Quality gt Video Settings ARAE Echo Suppression gt IVR Recording I Keyboard Noise Suppression gt Network Services Audio Clarity 161 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM DTMF Forwarding Suppression Guidelines Forwarding of the DTMF codes from one conference to another over an ISDN cascading link can be limited to basic operations while suppressing all other operations once the connection between the cascaded conferences is established e The forwarding of most of the DTMF codes from one conference to another is available only in cascading between two MCUs e When cascading between two RMxs it is recommended that version 7 0 x is installed on both RMXs to enable the suppression of DTMF code forwarding e It is available also when cascading between RMX and MGC e RMX can be used as gateway forwarding the call to the second MCU e The following operations are available throughout the conference and the forwarding of their DTMF codes is not suppressed i e they will apply to both conferences Terminate conference Mute all but me Unmut
149. ence and the connection between the conferences is established The system automatically identifies the calling participant as an MCU and the connection is identified as a cascading link and the cascading link icon is displayed for Q the participant The time period in seconds that MCU A will forward DTMF input from conference participants to the second MCU is defined by the system flag DTMF_FORWARD_ANY_DIGIT_TIMER_SECONDS Once the timer expires most of the DTMF codes excluding five operations entered in conference A will not be forwarded to conference B This is done to prevent an operation requested by a participant individually for example mute my line to be applied to all the participants in conference B System Flags The DIMF_FORWARD_ANY_DIGIT_TIMER_SECONDS System Flag determines the number of seconds the system waits for DTMF input from the conference participants and forwards them to the second MCU before it will switch to forwarding suppression mode Flag range 0 360000 This flag is defined on MCU A the calling MCU If a flag is not listed in the System Flags list it must be added to the system cfg file before it can be modified To list modify or add flags to the system cfg file 1 Inthe RMX Web Client menu click Setup gt System Configuration The System Flags list is displayed 2 For each of the flags If the flag is listed a Inthe System Flags dialog box click the Edit Flag button b Enter the
150. eneral VNGR RMX 2000 with MPM V7 0 16931 displays empty video window in layout in ISDN IP mixed conference during load test General VNGR In ICE environment when V7 0 16691 a local endpoint connects to the conference the connection type in the Participant Properties should be Local instead of Host General VNGR Sometimes participants do V4 5 11703 not connect when the RMX is running under load The disconnection cause is stated as MCU internal problem 32121 General VNGR When the MCU is in start V6 0 14276 up mode the upgrade status bar does not appear General VNGR On an RMX with MPMx V7 0 15374 cards when a number of endpoints with different line rates dial out some endpoints do not connect General VNGR When you start a V7 0 15629 conference from an existing conference template a popup message appears The conference ID already in use Conference does not start General VNGR In a conference started V7 0 15648 from the default Factory_Video_Profile and with Send Contents to Legacy Endpoint enabled Legacy amp ViewStation Endpoints cannot view content General VNGR In the RMX Web Client V7 0 15506 login as Administrator and create a new user KANSA with Auditor permissions Logout and login using the new Auditor user an error message appears 176 wy POLYCOM Table 6 Corrections and Known Limitations Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J
151. er Polycom Resource button to register your product and Center retrieve the Activation Key Serial Number R2090520006 Activation Key X346 9EAF D1A0 0007 0006 In the Activation Key field enter or paste the Product Activation Key obtained earlier and click the OK button At the end of the Product Activation process the system displays an indication that the Product Activation Key was successfully installed Click the OK button The Install Software information box indicates that Software Loading is in progress Copying Files Completed Software Loading In progress IPMC Burning A series of Active Alarms are displayed indicating the progress of the upgrade process Category Level Process N Description Mon General System Softwar Cards RTM IP software upgrade O poard Id 5 H Mon General System Softwar Cards Media card software upg de 5 board Id 2 E Mon General System Softwar Cards Media card software upgrade E5 board Id 1 The Install Software information box indicates that IPMC Burning is in progress wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure Copying Files Completed Software Loading Completed CIPMC Burning A further series of Active Alarms are displayed indicating the progress of the upgrade process ACTIVE Alarms Description M mon General System I System Sometimes when updating the Version 7 x license key the system displays
152. er RMX Platform RMX Platform IP Network Services Managemen t Services RMX 1500 Up to 2 RMX 2000 Up to 2 combination of RTM ISDN and or RTM LAN or Up to 4 using 2 RTM LAN cards less when using up to 2 RTM ISDN cards RMX 4000 Up to 4 Up to 2 RTM ISDN cards and the remaining RTM LAN cards Up to 8 using 4 RTM LAN less when using up to 2 RTM ISDN cards 63 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM Only one DNS server can be defined for the entire configuration It is recommended to define it in one of the IP Network Services signaling and not the Management Network to enable dialing in out using names Inthe Network Services that do not include the DNS use the IP addresses of the various devices to define them in the Network Services e Participants are associated with a Network Service and use it resources as follows Dial in participants according to the network used to place the call and connect to the RMX Dial out participant according to the Network Service selected during the participant properties definition by the RMX administrator or during conference definition according to the Network Service selected as default by the RMX administrator Resource Allocation and Capacity The Video Voice Port Configuration and the Resolution Configuration settings are configured per MCU and affect the resource capacity of the MCU They are
153. er the FQDN of the server that hosts the application who s application user name is being added Example cma1 polycom com Click the OK button S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Integration with Microsoft Active Directory It is possible to configure direct interaction between the RMX and Microsoft Active Directory for Authentication and Authorization of Management Network users The following diagram shows a typical user authentication sequence between a User RMX and Active Directory Authenicate Realm Username Password Authenicate Realm Username Password NTML over TLS Basic over TLS Authenication OK TML over TLS Basic over TLS EMA CMA LDAP over TLS Active DMA Directory Query Result Group Name API LDAP over TLS Translate Authenication OK AD Group Name RMX Role Authorization to RMX User Type Directory and Database Options Guidelines Ultra Secure Mode Internal RMX database and Active Directory Authentication is first attempted using the internal RMX database If it is not successful authentication is attempted using the Active Directory Standard Security Mode Internal RMX database External Database First authentication is via the internal RMX database If it is not successful authentication is via the External Database Internal RMX database External Database Active Directory e Management Logins F
154. eral VNGR Extraneous MCMS version 16471 number is displayed in the detailed faults list General VNGR Extraneous Total Number 17099 of Event Mode Resources field is displayed in the System Information properties box General VNGR After Restoring Factory 16529 Defaults on the RMX and defining the IP Network Service after RMX restart the MCU Host Name parameter appears empty in the Management Network DNS tab General After log in to the RMX 1500 Web Client a Microsoft NET Framework error message appears 216 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations ree Detected 94 General VNGR 16581 95 General VNGR 16582 General VNGR 16600 97 General VNGR 16610 On an RMX 2000 amp MPM cards running an 384Kbps CIF conference with Auto Terminate Encryption LPR Echo Suppression Sharpness and Same Layout enabled when sending content from an HDX to 160 other endpoints an Software assert failure appeared On an RMX 2000 amp MPM cards running an 384Kbps CIF conference with Auto Terminate Encryption LPR Echo Suppression Sharpness and Same Layout enabled when sending content from an HDX to 160 other endpoints an Software assert failure appeared On an RMX2000 amp MPMx card running a mixed H 323 amp SIP 1920Kbps conference with AES Sharpness and Gathering enabled when the RMX dials out to 10 endpoints the border layouts are speckled and miss the
155. erties H 245 and SDP tabs for H 323 participants and SIP participants respectively For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide on page IP Participant Properties on page 11 19 The H 264 High Profile is a new addition to the H 264 video protocol suite It uses the most efficient video data compression algorithms to reduce bandwidth requirements for video data streams Video quality is maintained at bit rates that are 20 to 30 lower than previously required For example a 832kbps call will have the video quality of a 1Mbps HD call while a 1Mbps HD call has higher video quality at the same 1Mbps bit rate Guidelines e H 264 High Profile is supported with MPMx cards only e H 264 High Profile is supported in H 323 SIP and ISDN networking environments e H 264 High Profile is supported in Continuous Presence conferences at all bit rates video resolutions and layouts e H 264 High Profile is the first protocol declared by the RMX to ensure that endpoints that support the protocol will connect using it 4 H 264 High Profile should be used when all or most endpoints support it Setting minimum bit rate thresholds that are lower than the default may affect the video quality of endpoints that do not support the H 264 High Profile e For monitoring purposes the RMX and endpoint H 264 High Profile capability is listed in the Participant Properties H 245 and SDP tabs for H 323 participants and SIP
156. es gt Personal Certificates Issued To Issued By Expiration Date Status Close If the CRL List is not valid for any reason an Active Alarm is created and a message is displayed The RMX Web Client Manager connection to the RMX is not disabled Adding a CRL To add a CRL to the repository Repeat steps 1 7 for each CRL that is to be added to the Certification Repository wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features In the CRL List tab click the Add button 2 The Install File dialog box is displayed Install File G PEM C DER File Types Install File Proceed Select the Certificate File Format PEM or DER Enter the certificate file name in the Install File field or click the Browse button The Open file dialog box is displayed The files are filtered according to the file type selected in Step b Look in E certs certnew1 cer Bacertnew2 cer ent Ecernew cer Ghovewsacr File Types pes E a Certificate Authority files cer crt key pe 6 Enter the Certificate file name in the File name field or click to select the certificate file entry in the list 7 Click the Open button The certificate is added to the CRL List in the Certification Repository 8 If there are additional CRLs to be added to the Certification Repository repeat steps 1 7 otherwise click the Activate Certificate button to complete CRL Trusted Certificate instal
157. esence Layout Mode fields are only displayed if the RMX has a Telepresence license installed If Telepresence Mode is enabled a check mark is displayed in the check box The field description and the check box are grayed as this a status indicator and cannot be used to enable or disable Telepresence Mode Monitoring Participant Properties A additional status indicator Telepresence is displayed in the Participant Properties Advanced tab when monitoring conference participants BillProperties gt General gt Advanced Name Bil Endpoint Website gt Information gt Media Sources gt H 245 Video Bit Rate Auto Kbits sec gt Connection Status gt Channel Status Resolution Auto x gt Channel Status Adva gt Gatekeeper Status Video Protocol Auto zl Broadcasting Volume aan ADS Listening Volume aaa SCTE Eneryption Auto xl Cascade None z Telepresence Non acc 153 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM The Telepresence mode of the participant is indicated e RPX the participant s endpoint is transmitting 4 3 video format e TPX the participant s endpoint is transmitting 16 9 video format e None Striping Options 154 Horizontal Striping Horizontal Striping is used by the RMX in order to prevent cropping and preserve the aspect ratio of video for all Telepresence Modes 4 3
158. esolution Default Optimized Optimized Optimized HD1080p30 4096 4096 1560 nw e 110 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Table 6 MPM Video Quality vs Minimum Line Rate Threshold Line Rate kbps Video Quality Optimized HD1080p30 4096 4096 1560 Resolution Balanced Default Resource Optimized E et S soo me me Te ores a C a es Te WCIF60 Resource Usage The RMX uses video ports to connect HD endpoints as follows e 4 video CIF ports are used to connect each endpoint capable of receiving HD 720p30 e 8 video CIF ports are used to connect each endpoint capable of receiving HD 1080p30 or HD 720p60 System Flag The MAX_CP_RESOLUTION flag value is applied to the system during First Time Power on and after a system upgrade The default value is HD1080 All subsequent changes to the maximum CP resolution of the system are made by selections in the Resolution Configuration dialog box For more information see Resolution Configuration on page 130 Sa POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Additional Call Rates The line rates summarized in Table 1 have been added to give administrators more control over bandwidth utilization Table 7 Line Rate by Conferencing Mode MPM Card Type eno O e Continuous Presence Video Switching Guidelines e ISDN endpoints are connected at the highest bonded l
159. essage overlay cannot be closed General VNGR During an active 15755 Telepresence conference click the Video Settings tab the Telepresence Mode enabled check box appears when it should not General VNGR When copying and pasting 15953 conferences based on a Profile the pasted conference is added to conference templates General VNGR After downloading and 16044 opening an auditor file of the MPMx the MPMx name appears as MPM_PLUS 76 General VNGR In 768Kbps conference set 15837 to AES CP Full Layout and two HDXs Chairperson when the SIP HDX invokes PCM Camera Control only segmented video can be seen wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations General VNGR After running diagnostics 16103 on the RMX LED functionality is not documented General VNGR Saving to a Conference 16120 Template a conference in which the Message Overlay is enabled automatically enables the message overlay option in the conference that is started from this template General VNGR On an RMX 4000 16170 endpoints using the layout 1 7 endpoints are not in the proper location General VNGR In a Meeting Room with 16230 five participants all endpoints receive periods of frozen audio and video General VNGR In a conference with a few 16283 participants when opening the video preview pane and previewing the next participant without closing the pane the p
160. eted If the upgrade process fails please contact Polycom support To use the new features such as Operator Assistance and Gateway Sessions the IVR Services must be updated For more details see Additional Optional System Updates After Upgrading on page 20 Upgrading from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J This upgrade requires an intermediate upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 followed by an upgrade to Version 7 5 0 Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 26 Download the software Version 7 0 2 software from the Polycom Resource Center web site downloading the Version 7 0 2 software to the workstation If Windows7 is installed on the workstation Protected Mode must be disabled before For more information see Windows 7 Security Settings on page 16 2 Obtain the Version 7 0 2 Product Activation Key from the Polycom Resource Center web site For more information see the RMX Getting Stated Guide Procedure 1 First time Power up on page 2 22 Backup the configuration file For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Software Management on page 19 111 Install MCU Software Version 7 0 2 On the RMX menu click Administration gt Software Management gt Software Download Browse to the Install Path selecting the Version 7 0 2xx bin file in the folder where Version 7 0 2 is saved and click Install At the end of the installation p
161. f Sony G70 endpoint that is connected to a conference over ISDN at line rate of 128Kbps freezes when receiving Content from an HDX endpoint 237 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations yas Detected Interoperability Radvision ECS V3 0 0 Gatekeeper set to Routed Mode is not forwarding the LPR parameters as required causing HDX calls with LPR enabled to connect with no video Interoperability When switching Content sending from an HDX9004 to Aethra X7 and back Content is not received by Aethra X7 Interoperability HDX endpoints may 0 Set the experience packet loss endpoint LAN when the HDX endpoint s Speed and LAN Speed is configured to Duplex Mode 100MB to Auto Interoperability When dialing out to a Tandberg MXP ISDN endpoint the IVR slide is not displayed although the IVR message is played Interoperability In an RMX 384Kb conference with a Cascaded MGC when H 323 and MPI participants connect to the conferences the cascaded link connects as Secondary When CMAD endpoint running on Lenovo R61connects to a Meeting Room whose Line rate is 1024 Kbps Video quality is set to Motion Content is set to HiRes Graphics and LPR Same Layout and Echo Suppression options are enabled after few minutes in the conference the CMAD observes packet loss in the People Rx although QoS is enabled Static Routes t
162. fg file e LanConfigUtility exe e RMX Documentation RMX 1500 2000 4000 Version 7 5 0 J Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide for Maximum Security Environments RMX 1500 2000 4000 Hardware Guides RMX Third Party Licenses e External DB Tools RMX 1500 2000 4000 External Database API Programmer s Guide Sample Scripts 4 Connections to external databases are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode e RMX XML API Kit Version 7 5 0 J RMX 1500 2000 4000 XML API Version 7 0 2 Release Notes RMX 1500 2000 4000 XML API Overview RMX 1500 2000 4000 XML API Schema Reference Guide version 3 0 MGC to RMX XML API Conferencing Comparison Polycom XML Tracer User s Guide XML Schemas Polycom XML Tracer application wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure To maximize conferencing performance especially in high bit rate call environments a 1 Gb connection is recommended for each LAN connection Upgrade Paths to Version 7 5 0 J The upgrade options from previous versions to Version 7 5 0 J are summarized in Table 5 Table 9 Upgrade Paths to Version 7 5 0 J First Intermediate Second Intermediate A New Version Current Upgrade Upgrade Version Upgrading from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J s 70a wo ste 1 Download the Version 7 5 0 J software from the P
163. figuration sssssssssessesreesesresresreerisressesresresresnes 64 Upgrading to Version 7 5 0 J and Multiple Services sssssssssssssessssisresresresses 65 3 POLYCOM Gather Network Equipment and Address Information IP Network Services Required Informatii narisee eene ee eer neri eer irera eea 66 RMX Hardware Installation sissscissesisrisssseciessssesseivieisesesitseiesieressssivissrsresesrsesessesss 67 RMX 4000 Multiple Services Configuration 0 cece eeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 67 RMX 2000 Multiple Services Configuration cece eceeeeeteeeeseeeeeeees 68 RMX 1500 Multiple Services Configuration ss sssesesississrsssesiesrrrsrresrerene 69 RMX Configuration c ccs cstsiiteciecsvehscidieicesianivieenideeapeesbantstdnasensnpeadsbuaienenivesataeds 70 System Flags and License Settings es ssesseesserissesresreerisresresrtrierrsresrresrereeres 70 IP Network Service Definition sssssss sesiesissrssserisrsresstesresresrisrenresrenrnsresreneene 70 Setting a Network Service as Default ssnsssesissrssssrsssresesrrssresresresrnsresrenrere 75 Ethernet Settings suosssnutescessinr oninia a E E setts 76 Signaling Host IP Address and MCU Prefix in GK Indications 76 Video Voice Port Configuration and Resolution Configuration 76 Conference Profile cxscicscsescssccesescnstsvssesseisatscasusgschstesetssansevevsepensieestivavedvetsesensieess 76 Gateway Profiles sercis E E E E tues E R 78
164. flags were added to the system configuration file enabling the configuration of the video layout that will be automatically displayed in Auto Layout mode PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_11 default value CP_LAYOUT_2P8 sus PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_12 default value CP_LAYOUT_1P12 aes For more details on Auto Layout flag configuration see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Auto Layout Configuration on page 19 41 157 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Auto Brightness A new check box Auto Brightness has been added to the New Profile Video Quality dialog box Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout Display Name Line Rate People Video Definition Video Quality Maximum Resolution Video Clarity W Auto Brightness m Content Video Definition Content Settings Graphics z Content Protocol ur to H 264 z Guidelines e Auto Brightness is supported with MPM and MPMx cards only e Auto Brightness only increases brightness and does not darken video windows e Auto Brightness is selected by default e Auto Brightness cannot be selected and deselected during an ongoing conference 158 S POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Audio Only Message Guidelines In previous versio
165. for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 220 a POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations yas Detected 110 General VNGR Unit recovery of unit 14 V7 0 1 17436 board 1 occurred 111 General VNGR DSP recovery and asserts V7 0 1 17496 occur endpoints are disconnected or lose both audio and video on RMX4000 running V7 0 1 16 with 4 MPM 80 cards General VNGR Insufficient resources V7 0 2 17517 with Power off problem errors occur when 15 HDX 8006 and 10 HDX 9004 that are connected to a conference at a line rate of 4096kbps are muted and unmuted individually and then the conference layout is changed General VNGR In MPMx Card V7 0 2 17520 Configuration Mode the High Profile Sliders in the Resolution Configuration dialog box are set to the minimum and do not show the actual values for the predefined Resolution Configurations General VNGR Occasionally RMX 4000 V7 0 2 17714 with MPM automatically resets when running conferences The system displays the Active Alarm NEW_VERSION_INSTALL ED A new version was installed Reset the MCU although a new version was not installed General VNGR After Comprehensive V7 0 2 17724 Restore to Factory Defaults an active alarm displayed indicating voltage problem on MPM f card 7 114 General VNGR Several participants are V7 0 2 17587 deleted from a conference template when editing the conference template name E wy PO
166. for purposes including but not limited to penetration testing COMSEC monitoring network operations and defense personnel misconduct PM law enforcement LE and counterintelligence CI investigations At any time the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS Communications using or data stored on this IS are not private are subject to routine monitoring interception and search and may be disclosed or used for any USG authorized purpose This IS includes security measures e g authentication and access controls to protect USG interests not for your personal benefit or privacy Notwithstanding the above using this IS does not constitute consent to PM LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications or work product related to personal representation or services by attorneys psychotherapists or clergy and their assistants Such communications and work product are private and confidential S User Agreement for details Sample 2 Banner This system is for the use of authorized users only Individuals using this computer system without authority or in excess of their authority are subject to having all of their activities on this system monitored and recorded by systems personnel In the course of monitoring individuals improperly using this system or in the course of system maintenance the activities of authorized users also may be monitored An
167. fter Reset The Card Configuration Mode is MPMx The inserted MPMx card is enabled The remaining MPM card if not removed is disabled 44 S POLYCOM Detailed Description MPMx Media Card MPMx Hardware Monitoring The status and properties of the MPMx Card can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list pane The Hardware monitor pane displays the type s of MPM MPM lt x card installed on the RMX 1500 2000 4000 For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide RMX Hardware Monitoring on page 20 1 fardware Monitor 12 Slot Type Status Temperature Voltage eo RMX 2000 m1 Empty Empty or 1 MPMX Diagnostics Normal Normal i y 4 Empty Empty Wa s RTM IP Normal Normal Normal BB zo Backplane Normal EA 21 FANS Normal Normal Normal 4 22 PWR Normal Normal Q 23 LANS Normal MPMx Hardware Diagnostics Diagnostics can be performed on the MPMx card s when the MCU is in Diagnostics mode To Monitor the MPMx Card e Inthe Hardware Monitor pane select the MPMx card and click Diagnostics from the drop down menu For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Diagnostic Mode RMX 1500 2000 4000 on page 20 31 Video Voice Port Configuration The System Card Configuration Mode determines the resource allocation method used by the RMX to allocate resources to the connecting endpoints As with MPM Card Configuration Mode both Flexible
168. g meso wae wr m o e s v E E E HD720p30 HD720p60 _2_ 5 HD1080p30 Symmetrical Table 5 summarizes the video capacities of the two MPMx card assemblies per line rate in VSW conferencing Table 5 MPMx Resource Capacity per Card VSW Conferencing Resource Capacities per Card Type MPM and MPMx Each MPMx card increases the resource capacities HD720p60 and HD1080p30 symmetric resolutions are now supported with MPMx 41 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 42 S POLYCOM Table 4 summarizes resource capacities of the various cards that can be installed in an RMX per resolution in CP conferencing resolution being the deciding factor Table 6 MPMx and MPM Resource Capacity per Resolution CP Conferencing Maximum Possible Resources Per Card Resource Type ees ee Symmetric 10 15 Asymmetric wuna w o wona w o e wam w o e C E a Table 6 summarizes resource capacities of the various cards that can be installed in an RMX per line rate in VSW conferencing line rate being the deciding factor Table 7 MPMx and MPM Resource Capacity per Resolution VSW Conferencing Maximum Possible Resources Per Card Resource Type a Total Resource Capacities per System Table 8 lists the maximum resource capacities of RMX 4000 RMX 2000 and RMX 1500 per resolution in CP Conferencing mode when used with MPMx cards Table 8 MPMx
169. g on RMX 2000 with MPMx and its Resource Configuration set for Video Quality Optimized 236 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations TEEN Detected 226 Interoperability No cropping no border V7 0 2 and shrunken video is displayed on the VVX endpoint when connecting a VVX endpoint HDX endpoint and a Telepresence endpoint to a conference set to telepresence mode that is running on RMX 2000 with MPM x cards Interoperability Faulty connection status is The video indicated when the RSS stream is 2000 recording link is the synchronized only participant in a when the first conference and its video participant stream is not connects to the synchronized conference Interoperability HDX VSX endpoints Connect cannot connect directly to directly using conferences while the MCU IP registered with Cisco Address via Gatekeeper using the the Transit IP NID string Entry Queue Interoperability Sony PCS G70 v2 61 and Force the Sony PCS 1 v3 41 endpoints to endpoints cannot connect connect using to conferences using SIP H 323 connections connection Interoperability H 323 link is connected as secondary when cascading with Tandberg MPS at 768Kbps in both Video Switching and CP conferences Interoperability H 323 link is connected as secondary when cascading with Tandberg MPS at 768Kbps in both Video Switching and CP conferences Interoperability The video o
170. generated by the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook and the gatekeeper prefix EQ T 880 Properties gt General S ndaned Display Name Eate 72 72C COS Duration gt Video Quality gt Video Settings gt Skins d gt IVR gt Information Displayed Language E z gt Recording Access Number 1 Access Number 2 Infot ha a Info2 Info3 Oe e wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Auto Brightness Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout Guidelines e Auto Brightness is supported with MPM and MPMx cards only e Auto Brightness only increases brightness and does not darken video windows e Auto Brightness is enabled by the SET_AUTO_BRIGHTNESS System Flag in system cfg using the Setup gt System Configuration menu Possible Values ON OFF Default OFF 101 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J e e Audio Clarity Audio Clarity improves received audio from participants connected via low audio bandwidth connections by stretching the fidelity of the narrowband telephone connection to improve call clarity The enhancement is applied to the following low bandwidth 4kHz audio algorithms e G 729a G71 Guidelines e Audio Clarity is supported with MPM and MPMx cards only e Audio
171. h resolution HD720p even if RMX call rate is set for 8Mb Interoperability Loss of lip sync occurs on HDX9004 endpoint talking to an HDX9000 endpoint in 2Mbps conference with the following mix of endpoints H323 PSTN PVX CMAD HDX dialed in via DMA with LPR on Gathering Off Echo suppression on 234 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Interoperability Video from CMA D participant was not displayed in call dialed via DMA to RMX4000 running V6 0 0 105 with 4 MPM 80 cards Interoperability Striped video image of all other participants occurs on HDX8000 endpoint after dialing via DMA to RMX4000 running V7 0 1 16 with 4 MPM 80 cards Interoperability QDX6000 connects with a problem over H323 to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 192kbps or 128kbps and LPR Video Clarity and Send Content to Legacy Endpoints options enabled Interoperability PVX H 323 endpoint cannot send content when connected to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 384kbps Interoperability Sony PCS XG80 cannot connect to RMX 2000 1500 with MPMx over SIP Interoperability RadVision Scopia XT1000 is connected with a problem to a conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 4MB and LPR and Encryption enabled after viewing the IVR Welcome slide Interoperability LifeSize systems are sometimes locking up and disco
172. h MPM 80 cards The next participant attempting connection is disconnected due to resource deficiency The maximum number of Meeting Rooms Entry Queues SIP Factories and ongoing conferences that can be registered to the Proxy is limited to 100 321 RMX Web Client VNGR Occasionally during an 9829 ongoing conference when selecting the Hardware Monitor menu the message No connection with Switch appears 250 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations er Detected 324 SIP VNGR With SIP defined and 12006 undefined dial in participants you cannot change the layout type from conference layout to personal layout 325 SIP VNGR SIP HDX sites Version 16535 2 6 1 and 2 6 0 receive video in resolution of 432x240 instead of 720p when connecting to a CP conference running on RMX 4000 at a line rate of 1920Kbps with 10 layout selected and LPR is enabled 326 SIP VNGR In ICE environment when 16663 connecting endpoints from all NAT environments corporate branch enterprise to an encrypted 720p VSW conference running at a line rate of 2M bps with video quality set to sharpness and video clarity and auto layout enabled endpoints fail to connect to the conference with a disconnection cause SIP request timed out 327 SIP VNGR In ICE environment when 16674 connecting endpoints from all NAT environments corporate branch fede
173. hared the conference Profile should have Content Protocol set to H 263 When the RMX is in Ultra Secure Mode it requires that the Serial Gateway be in Maximum Security Mode For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Serial Gateway S4GW Maximum Security Mode on page 5 11 H 323 connections to the RMX are 1024 bit encrypted TLS RTP traffic between the RMX and the Serial Gateway are not encrypted The Certificate installed on the Serial Gateway must be also be installed in the workstation that is used to run the RMX Web Client RMX Manager Table 1 1 summarizes the LAN port connections for each of the RMX platforms Table 1 1 LAN Port Connections per RMX Platform V 35 Serial Gateway Management Direct Connection 1500 MNGB B o LNR 2 LAM 1 2000 oe IP ne IP IP s LAN LAN 3 LAN 2 LAN 2 LAN 1 4000 RTM IP RTM IP RTM LAN RTM LAN LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 2 LAN 1 When using a HDX endpoint it should be configured as follows Manage the network bandwidth used for calls specify the default and optional call settings for outgoing calls and limit the call General Settings Call Preference Network wees TEs Call Preference Telephony Ee Call Preference Network Dialing Base Madi O Call Speeds H 239 F Monitors IP H 323 F Cameras SIP F Audio Settings Analog Phone O Polycom Touch Control Transcoding m LAN Properties ISDN Gateway m gt Global Services IP
174. he RTM_LAN card is not listed RMX 4000 When trying to connect 180 V500 VSX to each of the two conferences running simultaneously on RMX 4000 with 4 MPMx D cards both conferences running at a line rate of 384 Video Quality set to Motion and Max CP resolution set to CIF 180 participants connected to the first conference while several participants out of the 180 could not connect to the second conference 248 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations ree Detected V6 0 309 RMX Manager VNGR When using the RMX 14175 Manager a Message Alert 500 is displayed when an RMX running Version 4 6 is selected in the MCU s list 310 RMX Manager VNGR Progress bar missing in 16677 RMX manager during upgrade RMX Manager VNGR Double clicking on a card 17602 in Hardware monitor of the RMX Manager application displays the Card Properties dialog instead on the Processor Properties dialog box RMX Manager VNGR Video Preview cannot be 18170 activated in RMX Manager application RMX Manager VNGR RMX Manager fails to 17861 install from RMX Web Client login page The request is aborted with the message Could not create SSL TLS secure channel RMX Manager VNGR Active Directory user 18414 cannot open the Hardware Monitor section in the RMX Manager RMX Web Client VNGR Inthe RMX Web Client the 12172 main window opens up as full screen and cann
175. hed 4Mbps conference only the last part of DTMFs 6 mute and 6 unmute messages are heard In a conference started from a Profile when an ISDN call is forced to Audio algorithm G722_1_C_24k a buzzing noise can be heard before the IVR starts When uploading a number of high and low resolution slides to an IVR service there is only option to choose one slide On an RMX2000 with an MPMx card running a 512Kbps conference with Gathering IVR Echo Suppression enabled and resources set to a Flexible Mode when dialing out using H 261 the IVR slide flashes On RMX 2000 with MPMx H 261 endpoint that displays the default slide does not access nor displays a new slide that is added to the IVR Service In a mixed H 323 amp SIP 128Kbps conference with Video Clarity Sharpness IVR Service and Welcome Slide settings set to High profile optimized when connecting HDX 8000 endpoints the H 323 HDX endpoint does not view the IVR slide but a black screen for 15 seconds 242 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations VNGR 16556 VNGR 17615 In a mixed H 323 amp SIP 128Kbps conference with Gathering Sharpness and the Welcome Slide defined as High Profile optimized when connecting HDX8000 endpoints the H 323 HDX video has artifacts on the Gathering slide iPower 9000 remains in the IVR Welcome stage when connecting to a CP conference running at 384kbps with Video Quality set to
176. his network and that are other than the routers defined in the Management Network The field definitions of the Routers tab are the same as for the Default Management Network For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Click the Routers tab on page 14 16 7 Click the DNS tab gt P Network Service Name IP Network Type H323 x gt Qos DNS Specty gt gt SIP Servers gt Security gt SIP Advanced Local Domain Name I Register Host Names Automatically to DNS Servers DNS Server Address foo00 8 Modify the following fields Table 21 Default Management Network Service DNS Cae CS ee Service Host Enter the host name of this network Service Each Name Network Service must have a unique Host Name otherwise an error message is displayed Select e Off ifno DNS server is used in this network e Specify to enter the IP address of the DNS server used by this network service Notes e The IP address field is enabled only if Specify is selected Only one DNS can be define for the entire topology that is only one Network Service can include the DNS definition Register Host Select this option to automatically register this Names Network Service Signaling Host with the DNS Automatically to server DNS Servers Local Domain Enter the name of the domain for this network Name service DNS Server Enter the static IP address of the DNS server that
177. ia DMA to RMX4000 running V7 0 0 162 with 4 MPM 80 cards Video VNGR Ina Dial in Meeting Room 17215 with mixed HDX8000 9004 endpoints the endpoints viewed zebra video Video VNGR documentation 17220 Horizontal black lines are displayed across the video window on all endpoints in calls dialed via DMA to RMX4000 running V6 0 0 105 with 4 MPM 80 cards Video VNGR Ina DMA Dial in Meeting 17282 Room with several HDX8000 endpoints video transmission stopped Video VNGR In a Dial in Meeting Room 17291 endpoints viewed impaired video and occasionally received bad audio Video VNGR Black screen with normal 17302 audio occurs on HDX8002 endpoint that dialed via DMA to RMX2000 running V7 0 1 16 with 2 MPMX cards 404 Video VNGR Ina DMA Dial in Meeting 17272 Room with several endpoints HDX9004 viewed distorted video from other endpoints 263 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations 408 Endpoint connects at a higher resolution than expected according to the Resolution Slider configuration when line rate of the endpoint is forced to a lower rate than the conference rate For example if the conference line rate is 1024kbps and the endpoint line rate is forced to 512kbps the endpoint resolution upon connection will be 720p instead of SD as if it was connected at 1024Kbps High Profile e
178. ideo Clarity Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled poor video motion was observed 191 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued rae Detected Workaroun camo Mey pesenpton green Video VNGR Video is frozen after 2 3 V7 0 17086 seconds when using CMA D with VBP 4350 on RMX 2000 running V7 0 0 162 with MPMx VNGR Colored stripes and video V7 0 17195 freeze occurs in 512 kbps calls dialed via DMA to RMX4000 running V7 0 0 162 with MPM cards VNGR Periodic momentary V7 0 1 17426 freezing of video sent from 17324 ISDN endpoint is observed 17319 on H 323 endpoint when connected to a CP conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 1920kbps and AES and LPR options enabled VNGR Striped video image of all V7 0 1 17472 other participants occurs 17379 on HDX8000 endpoint after dialing via DMA to RMX4000 running V7 0 1 16 with 4 MPM 80 cards V7 0 When connecting 15 HDX8006 endpoints to a 1024Kbps amp HD 720p conference with Video Clarity Sharpness Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled running on an RMX1500 the endpoints had low frame rates frozen video packet loss and incorrect video resolutions 147 Video On RMX with MPMx High Profile endpoints HDX 8006 display green flash in video window of layout Attempts to send c
179. ies of a reservation in the Calendar view for the first time and the ISDN PSTN dial in option is disabled for the reservation When an on going conference duration is set to one minute and auto extend enabled with an ISDN dial in number the RMX may not detect an ISDN dial in No conflict when placing a reservation on the bridge with an identical ISDN number In case of a dial in number conflict incoming calls are routed to the on going conference and not to the reserved meeting When the Resource Capacity Mode is set to Flexible and the Port Configuration slider is moved an incorrect message displays requesting that the RMX be reset Cannot install the RMX Manager application from RMX 4000 During an ongoing conference connection with the RTM ISDN card is lost causing the ISDN participant to disconnect from the conference and hardware reset was required to restore the connection with the card 13561 VNGFE 2489 12021 12031 11516 11516 11664 2186 12718 VNGBE 727 825 12975 VNGFE 2378 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued L Security Plugging Keyboard to USB port and resetting the 19992 RMX has the same effect as inserting disk on key containing RestoreFactorySecurityDefaults txt file The exits Secured Communications Mode from HTTPS to HTTP 67 SIP Occasionally when a dial in SIP participant 12017 a
180. ight click in the Conferences List pane and in the drop down menu select Paste Conference or If you are using the RMX Manager and you want to paste the conference to a different RMX a In the MCUs list pane click the RMX that is to receive the conference b Inthe Conferences list pane right click and in the drop down menu select Paste Conference d X gt lel ja Find Display Name Status ID Start Tim Logistics 50494 8 12 PM Marketin 30371 8 09 PM Support 71979 8 09PM New Conference Paste Conference iS Paste Conference As Quick Search The conference is pasted to the RMX wy POLYCOM Paste Conference As Detailed Description New Features The Paste Conference As command allows the RMX user to create a new conference using the copied conference s properties as a template It automatically opens the Conference Properties dialog box allowing the RMX user to modify the General Participants and Information tabs to create the new conference When the OK button in the Conference Properties dialog box conference Properties dialog box is clicked the new conference is started To paste a conference as a new conference 1 Right click in the Conferences List pane and in the drop down menu select Paste Conference As or If you are using the RMX Manager and you want to paste the conference to a different RMX In the MCUs list pane click the RMX th
181. increases the RMX s capacity and capabilities When MPMx cards are installed the RMX operates in MPMx Mode giving the administrator enhanced control and monitoring of Resource Capacity and usage within the system MPMx cards are supported only with D type chassis and software version 7 0 x Front Panel amp LEDs In terms of Look and Feel and LED functionality the MPMx front panel is identical to the MPM Conferencing Capacities 40 Table 3 lists the maximum conferencing capacities of RMX 4000 RMX 2000 and RMX 1500 when used with MPMx cards Table 3 MPMx Capacities RMX 4000 2000 1500 Maximum Number of Video Participants in a Conference Conferences Meeting Rooms Entry Queues Profiles Conference Templates SIP Factories IP Services ISDN Services IVR Services Recording Links IVR Video Slides Reservations Internal Scheduler Log Files 1Mb max CDR Files Fault Files Detailed Description MPMx Media Card wy POLYCOM Table 3 MPMx Capacities RMX 4000 2000 1500 Maximum Number of Number of RMX4000 RMX2000 or Participam Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited HTTP Web clients Address Book entries 4000 4000 4000 Resource Capacities Resource Capacities per Card Assembly The MPMkx can be shipped in two card assemblies Table 2 summarizes the video capacities of the two MPMx card assemblies per resolution in CP conferencing Table 4 MPMx Resource Capacity per Card CP Conferencin
182. ine rate below the selected conference line rate For example If the conference line rate is 1024kbps the participant is connected at 768kbps e Each LAN connection to the RMX has a maximum data rate capacity of 320Mbps The maximum LAN capacities per RMX are summarized in Table 8 Table 8 RMX Maximum Data Rates RMX Model Number of LAN Maximum Data Connections Rate Capacity RMX 2000 RMX 2000 with Multiple Networks RMX 4000 112 S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features H 239 People Content The H 239 protocol allows compliant endpoints to share content All Conferences Entry Queues and Meeting Rooms launched on the RMX have H 239 capability Peoplet Content utilizes a different signaling protocol and is Polycom s proprietary equivalent of H 239 Guidelines H 323 environment is supported Conferences can include a mix of endpoints that support H 239 or People Content All endpoints will receive Content at the highest resolution common to all connected endpoints SIP People Content is supported with MPM and MPMx cards H 239 is supported in MIH Star and Basic Cascading topologies People Content is supported in cascaded conferences but cannot be used as the protocol for a cascade link If an endpoint supports both H 239 and People Content protocols H 239 is selected as the preferred communications protocol People Content is enabled by default It can be disabled for all conferences and e
183. ing Add in for Microsoft Outlook to ensure that the Gathering Phase slide displays correctly Access Number 1 Enter the ISDN or PSTN number s to call to connect to the conference Note The numbers entered must be verified as the actual Access Numbers Access Number 2 98 S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Table 2 Profile Gathering Settings E Optionally enter any additional information to be displayed during the Gathering Phase These fields are not limited in the RMX Web Client but only 96 characters can be displayed in the Gathering Slide on a 16 9 monitor If the Gathering slide is displayed on a 4 3 endpoint the slide is cropped on both sides e The left most characters of the information fields will not be displayed e The live video is cropped on the right side of the display REC Weekly Product Management Meeting 5 Click OK 99 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Monitoring Gathering enabled Conferences 100 Conferences launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook are monitored in the same manner as all other conferences In the gathering settings tab an additional field IP Access Number is displayed in addition to the ISDN PSTN access numbers Access Number 1 and Access Number 2 which were entered when defining the conference Profile The IP Access Number is made up of the Conference ID
184. ing Room Reservation Properties dialog boxes Deleting an automatically created password will not cause the system to generate anew password and the new password must be added manually or the field can be left blank If a password was assigned to the conference via Microsoft Outlook using the PCO add in the system does not change these passwords and additional passwords will not be generated for example if only the conference password was assigned a chairperson password will not be assigned If the flag values i e the password lengths are changed passwords that were already assigned to conferences Meeting Rooms and Reservations will not change and they can be activated using the existing passwords Only new conferencing entities will be affected by the change Do not enable this option in an environment that includes a Polycom DMA system wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Enabling the Automatic Generation of Passwords To enable the automatic generation of passwords the following flags have to be defined Table 1 1 Automatic Password Generation Flags i a HIDE_CONFERENCE_PASSWORD NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_MIN_LEN NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_MIN_LEN NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_MAX_LEN NO default Conference and chairperson passwords are displayed when viewing the Conference Meeting Room Reservation properties It also enables the automatic generation of passwords in general Yes Conference and Chairperson
185. ing on RMX version 4 0 V4 1 Sony PCS 1600s endpoint Set the flag cannot connect using ISDN_LEG ISDN lines ACY_EP_C LOSE_CON TENT_FOR CE_H263to Yes 184 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued T Detected Workaroun VR V7 0 An IVR slide with1080p resolution was uploaded successfully to the RMX but cannot be viewed with the preview button nor could be seen in the IVR welcome slide In a SIP CP conference with a line rate of 2 Mb HDX 8006 endpoints cannot view the IVR slide On rare occasions the IVR audio message may be played at a higher speed than normal A conference running at a line rate of 1920Kbpsand IVR Service that includes a Welcome Slide both the Welcome Slide and Video are partially blacked out en To IVR VNGR When DTMF codes have 9191 been entered by the participants the volume of the IVR Message may be suppressed or the message may be cut IVR RMX 4000 VNGR On the RMX 4000 amp MPMx 16548 card when running an 4MB CP conference the Welcome slide does not appear 97 IVR RMX 4000 VNGR On the RMX 4000 when 12283 dialing from ISDN endpoint to GW the IVR Welcome message is cut off IVR RMX 4000 VNGR When an endpoint 12508 connects to a Meeting Room on the RMX4000 the RMX2000 Welcome slide is displayed IVR RMX 4000 VNGR On an RMX 4000 in the 19175 Ultra Secure Mode when
186. inistrator s Guide Resource Report on page 19 68 Port Gauges Audio Voice resources are as displayed as in previous versions while all Video resource types are shown as a single group of Video resources Port Usage Yoice 0 18 MM video 4 47 W For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Port Usage Gauges on page 19 77 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Detailed Description New Security Features PKI Public Key Infrastructure PKI Public Key Infrastructure is a set of tools and policies deployed to enhance the security of data communications between networking entities Unique Certificates for all Networked Entities The implementation of PKI on the RMX has been enhanced to ensure that all networked entities are checked for the presence of unique certificates by implementing the following rules and procedures during the TLS negotiation e The RMX identifies itself with the same certificate when operating as a server and as a client e The RMX s management applications RMX Web Client and RMX Manager identify themselves with certificates e While establishing the required TLS connection there is an exchange of certificates between all entities e Entities such as CMA and DMA that function as both client and server within the Management Network identify themselves with the same certificate for both their client and server functions The following diagram il
187. io from participants connected via ISDN PSTN using the following low bandwidth 4kHz audio algorithms G 729a and G 711 Packet Loss Packet Loss Concealment PLC for Siren audio Concealment PLC algorithms improves received audio when packet loss occurs in the network The following audio algorithms are supported e Siren 7 mono e Siren 14 mono stereo e Siren 22 mono stereo Siren 22 Audio Polycom s proprietary Siren 22 Audio Algorithm is Algorithm supported for participants connecting with Polycom endpoints Both Mono and Stereo are supported Siren 14 Stereo Added support for Siren 14 Stereo Siren 14 Stereo is supported at line rates between 256Kbps and 4096Kbps Siren 14 Stereo is supported by HDX endpoints and VSX endpoint with the exception of VSX 500 G 719 Audio Algorithm G 719 audio algorithm is supported for participants connecting with Polycom endpoints Both Mono and Stereo are supported supported for participants connecting with legacy or low bandwidth endpoints Conference Permanent Conference A Permanent Conference is an ongoing conference with no pre determined End Time continuing until it is terminated by an administrator operator or chairperson Note Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Video Preview RMX users can preview the video sent from the participant to the conference MCU and the video sent from the conference to the participant It enables the RMX users to m
188. ion Close the Downloaded Program Files folder and the Temporary Internet Files and History Settings dialog box In the Internet Options dialog box click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box 19 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Polycom Solution Support 20 Polycom Implementation and Maintenance services provide support for Polycom solution components only Additional services for supported third party Unified Communications UC environments integrated with Polycom solutions are available from Polycom Global Services and its certified Partners These additional services will help customers successfully design deploy optimize and manage Polycom visual communications within their UC environments Professional Services for Microsoft Integration is mandatory for Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook and Microsoft Office Communications Server integrations For additional information and details see http www polycom com services professional_services index html or contact your local Polycom representative wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables Unsupported Features When the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag is set to YES Version 7 5 0 does not include support for e Connection to Alternate Management Network via LAN3 port e SUPPORT user e Auditor user e Chairperson user e Connections to External Databases e IPSec
189. ion LPR Sharpness Auto Layout Same Layout and Video Clarity enabled running on an RMX 2000 with MPM cards and muting and unmuting them HDX endpoints encounter flickering video Video VNGR Conferences running at a 16944 line rate of 768 and 1024Kbps with Gathering enabled may display distorted font and discolored background at 432x240 512x288 848x480 and 720x400 resolutions During a 1472Kbps conference with LPR AES Gathering Send Content to Legacy Endpoint and Auto Layout enabled the video of VSX7000 and HDX8006 endpoints does not appear in the conference layout During a 128Kbps conference with AES Gathering Motion Send Content to Legacy Endpoints and Auto Layout enabled empty layout cells poor video and video stills occur in HDX VSX Lifesize endpoints In a DMA 2Mb dial in conference with LPR enabled and 20 mixed endpoints HDX VSX CMAD H323 PSTN three DSP video failures occurred and frozen video was viewed on two HDXs Participant is seen blurred when connecting with QVGA resolution to a conference layout of 1 7 262 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations emer to omenme e rome Video VNGR Ina DMA dial in Meeting 17156 Room with several endpoints a few endpoints viewed Zebra video artifacts Video VNGR Video in layout 1 7 from 17208 VSX3000 is not displayed in conference with endpoints that dialed v
190. ions ees Key eseton By eran 13 Audio VNGR HDX H 323 endpoint 17616 receives G 722 audio instead of Siren22 as the SIP endpoints when connected to a conference running at a line rate of 384kbps on RMX4000 with MPM and the CS_ENABLE_EPC flag is set to YES 14 Calendaring VNGR On the RMX 4000 ina 13686 1080p H 323 Video Switching conference with a line rate of 6Mb the IVR welcome screen can freeze on the HDX8006 and HDX 9006 endpoints 15 Calendaring VNGR In version 6 0 in the 13810 Conference Profiles list the default Event Mode COP profile is not used and should not be listed Cascading VNGR When connecting to a 11953 cascaded CP conference with a 768Kpbs line rate and the video quality set to Sharpness HDX endpoints experience bad video quality VNGR GMT Time Offset is written 11746 to the unformatted CDR as 0 VNGR When the conference 1569 termination time is changed the CDR is not updated CDR VNGR The ora field is 3011 missing ora the CDR file 17 Cascading VNGR Create two 384Kbps 16239 cascaded conferences with LPR enabled when creating the dial out Master link to the second conference is only partially connected 205 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations vos Detected VNGR When a conference was 9340 terminated by an MCU reset an incorrect status Ongoing
191. ipant s video is suspended e Participant s video preview and the CMAD window cannot be open and running simultaneously on the same PC as both require the same DirectDraw resource wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Workstation Requirements To be able to display the video preview window the following minimum requirements must be met Windows XP and later Internet Explorer 7 DirectX is installed DirectDraw Acceleration must be enabled and no other application is using the video resource Hardware acceleration must be enabled Testing your Workstation To ensure that your workstation can display the video preview window 1 2 In Windows click Start gt Run The Run dialog box opens In the Open field type dxdiag and press the Enter key or click OK Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Ec A confirmation message is displayed Click Yes to run the diagnostics The DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box opens Click the Display tab To be able to display the video preview window the DirectDraw Acceleration and Direct3D Acceleration options must be Enabled DirectX Diagnostic Tool L System DirectX Files Display Sound Music Input i ji Network More F Help ue Device Drivers Name Mobile Intel R 965 Express Chipset Family Main Driver igxprd32 dil Manufacturer Intel Corporation Version 6 14 0
192. ir edges The Column width displayed in Web Client and in the RMX Manager UI need to be made broader Corrections and Known Limitations i i EN 217 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations yas Detected V7 0 General VNGR Run two conferences that 16621 support Content for Legacy Endpoints connect all types of endpoints to each conference and then send content from a non Legacy endpoint to each conference The conference layout on the Legacy endpoint is changed to the flag s CP_LAYOUT_1P4VER configuration the default layout Move one legacy EP to the second conference the layout of it changes to conference layout General VNGR In the RMX Manager when 16624 attempting to upgrade two RMX simultaneously the Install Software window only appears for one RMX when you should view both General VNGR Sometimes when 16625 upgrading to version 7 0 and resetting the RMX 2000 an active alarm CPU slot ID not identified McuMngrCPU board id was not received from ShelfManager is displayed General VNGR In the RMX manager 7 0 16745 the new conference icon suddenly appears in the conferences properties window General VNGR When creating a second 16751 conference with a display name that is already used by another conferencing entity the conference properties dialog box re opens with a
193. ir video suspended do not receive Message Overlays Message Overlays cannot be sent via the Content channel Message Overlay is not displayed when the PCM menu is active If a Repeating Message Overlay is modified before it has completed all its repetitions it is changed immediately without completing all of its repetitions The modified Repeating Message Overlay is displayed starting with repetition one Message Overlay can be enabled modified and disabled during an ongoing conference using the Conference Properties Message Overlay dialog box In some languages for example Russian when large font size is selected both rolling and static messages may be truncated if the message length exceeds the resolution width Enabling Message Overlay 120 Message Overlays are created and enabled in the Conference Properties Message Overlay dialog box To enable Message Overlay 1 In the Conferences List pane double click the name of the conference to have Message Overlay enabled or right click the conference name and then click Conference Properties The General tab is displayed Click the Message Overlay tab wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features The Message Overlay tab is displayed SUPPORT 1769602768 Properties gt General se Ade eai Display Name au gt Gathering Settings pueden aF gt Video Quality gt Video Settings T Enable gt Audio Settings Beatie Content gt IVR Font Size zl
194. irst authentication is via the internal RMX database If it is not successful authentication is via the Active Directory e Conference Queries Chairperson Password Numerical ID etc First authentication is via the internal RMX database If it is not successful authentication is via the External Database e The RMX maintains a local record of Audit Events users that generate these events are marked as being either internal or external 59 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Successful user logins Failed user login attempts User passwords and user lockout policy for external users are managed via Active Directory s integration with the user s host machine Enabling or disabling Active Directory integration does not require a reset In Standard Security Mode multiple accounts of all user types are supported In Ultra Secure Mode enabling Active Directory integration is only permitted if the RMX only has one local Administrator User Multiple Machine Accounts with various roles are supported Microsoft Active Directory is the only directory service supported Active Directory integration is configured as part of the Management Network Both Pv4 and IPv6 addressing are supported In Standard Security Mode the Active Directory can be queried using Basic or NTLM without TLS In Ultra Secure Mode TLS is required Enabling Active Directory Integ
195. isting IP Network Service Additional Log Events Firewall denials and errors pertaining to the MCMS will be logged by the Logger utility and Auditor Hardware MPM or MPMx cards Version 7 5 0 J requires MPM or MPMx cards to be installed in the RMX Security ULTRA_SECURE Ultra Secure Mode is enabled by _MODE Flag manually adding the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag to the System Configuration and setting its value to YES Login and Main Page The administrator can choose one of four Banner Name Changes alternative login banners to be displayed The four alternative banners cannot be modified A Custom banner default can also be defined The Main Page Banner is blank and can be defined 6 User Management User Name is now case sensitive 7 Strong Passwords Password management now includes definition of Maximum Repeating Characters for Conference and Chairperson Passwords Note Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode USB Restore to Default The USB port of an RMX in Ultra Secure Mode can be used to e Restore the RMX to Factory Security Defaults mode https gt http Perform a Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J New Features Version 7 5 0 J New Features The following table lists the new features in Version 7 5 0 J Table 5 New Features List Card Category Feature Name Configura Description tion Mode 1 Audio Audio Clarity Audio Clarity improves received aud
196. ity at any given line rate Version 7 0 The Resolution Configuration dialog box enabled the RMX administrator to override the default video resolution decision matrix effectively creating his her own decision matrix The minimum threshold line rates at which endpoints are connected at the various video resolutions could be optimized by adjusting the resolution sliders Version 7 0 1 Version 7 0 1 incorporated System Flags allowing the administrator to modify the minimum bit rate thresholds to prevent potential video quality issues when using endpoints that do not support H 264 High Profile For more information see Flags used in Version 7 0 1 on page 69 Version 7 0 2 Version 7 0 2 incorporates these System Flags into a Resolution Configuration dialog box designed to enable the administrator to modify the minimum bit rate thresholds to prevent potential video quality issues when using endpoints that do not support H 264 High Profile Card Configuration Mode Version 7 0 2 displays the Resolution Configuration dialog box according to the Card Configuration Mode of the RMX MPM or MPMx Guidelines e Resolution Slider settings affect all Continuous Presence CP conferences running on the RMX Video Switched conferences are not affected e A system restart is not needed after changing the Resolution Slider settings e Resolution Slider settings cannot be changed if there are ongoing conferences running on the RMX e The displayed
197. ive amp 1 Modem Inactive amp 6 Shm Active amp 3 Signaling 1 Active Backplane 1500 Properties The Backplane_PLU Properties General Info tab Slot ID 20 Backplaney Properties gt General Info amp Hardware Version 1 01 Software Version 3 01 Serial Number PR3100318004 Card Type BackplaneY Card Part Number BRD26034 L0 Card MAC Address 1 Card MAC Address 2 bal lt j gt Hardware Monitor Component Diagnostics In the Hardware Monitor Diagnostics pane new components are added to the UI sot vee i State Tempera vote 0 RMX 4000 MPM 80 Normal Normal Normal Empty Empty MPM 80 Normal Normal Normal Empty Empty 2 a 8 CNTL_PLUS Normal Normal Normal 12 FANS Normal Normal Normal 13 RTM ISDN Normal Normal Normal Ry 14 Empty Empty 3 mis Empty Empty Empty Diagnostics Normal Normal RTM IP_PLUS Backplane_PLUS Normal Normal Normal 23 LANS Normal 36 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description RMX 1500 New components have been added to the Hardware Monitor Diagnostics Test pane MPMX D nos Normal Normal RTM ISDN 1500 Normal Normal CNTL1500 E Normal Normal Normal PWRI FANS Normal Normal Normal RTM 1P1500 Diagnos Normal Normal l No bos z EEE ee Stop Test Run Selected Tests LANS Normal Slot 1 Tests Monitoring MCU Monitor Card Monitoring Error Buffer x Card Pass Fail
198. l in number of the Entry Queue or conference running on MCU B for example 54145106 New Participant 7 gt General gt Advanced Name Link 28 gt Information Type ISDN PSTN Zi Participant Number 8675309 I Audio Only Extension Identifier String Add to Address Book MCU A dials out to an Entry Queue or conference B running on MCU B using the Entry Queue number for example 54145106 or the conference number When the participant who is a dial in participant in conference B connects to the Entry Queue the system plays to all the participants in Conference A the IVR message requesting the participant to enter the destination conference ID or if connecting to a conference directly the participant is requested to enter the conference password At this point the Conference A organizer or any other participant in the conference can enter the required information for the IVR session using DTMF codes For example the meeting organizer enters the destination conference ID 12345 163 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 164 Sa POLYCOM Any DTMF input from conference A is forwarded to the Entry Queue on MCU B to complete the IVR session and enable the move of the participant to the destination conference B Once the DTMF codes are entered and the IVR session is completed the participant is connected to the confer
199. lation Before clicking the Activate Certificate button ensure that all Trusted Certificates have also been added to the Certification Repository When the Activate Certificate button is clicked all added Trusted Certificates and CRLs are installed and the RMX displays an RMX Web Client Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box A RMX Web Client will disconnect shortly 9 Click the OK button 10 Login to the RMX to proceed with further management tasks Removing a CRL To remove a CRL 2 In the certificate list select the CRL List to be removed Click the Remove button 55 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J The certificate is removed and the RMX displays an RMX Web Client Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box RMX Web Client will disconnect shortly Click the OK button Login to the RMX to proceed with further management tasks 56 S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Machine Account User names can be associated with servers machines to ensure that all users are subject to the same account and password policies For enhanced security reasons it is necessary for the RMX to process user connection requests in the same manner whether they be from regular users accessing the RMX via the RMX Web Browser RMX Manager or from application users representing applications such as CMA and DMA Regular users can connect f
200. ld not complete MPM Card startup procedure Upgrade Sometimes the error Process message Socket reconnected is displayed after downgrading from V7 0 2 11 to V6 0 2 2 Upgrade When upgrading or Process downgrading the RMX 1500 software version and adding the activation key the RMX Web Client disconnects from the RMX 255 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations yaa Detected Upgrade When upgrading RMX4000 V7 0 2 Process with 4 MPM cards from Version 7 0 0 162 to Version 7 0 2 61 Two of the MPM cards remain in startup mode and do not complete the upgrade Upgrade When downgrading an V7 0 2 Process RMX 4000 with 4 MPMx cards from version 7 0 2 64 to version 7 0 1 16 the IMPC is burnt on only three out of four cards and the fourth card appears with voltage problem Upgrade No access to RMX 2000 V7 0 2 Process after software upgrade from version 7 0 2 61 to version 7 0 2 64 Upgrade When downgrading from V4 0 0 Process version 4 0 to version 3 0 the MPM card does revert to normal Upgrade When upgrading from V4 0 0 Turn the MCU Process version 2 0 2 to version off and then 4 1 and then Restoring the turn it on Factory Defaults during hardware system restart sometimes reset MPL failure is encountered 357 Upgrade When upgrading an RMX V7 0 2 Process 2000 with one MPM card f
201. licking the Sharpness and Motion tabs when the Detailed Configuration is open QT CUT wuss Basic Configuration Maxirou m CP Resolution Resolution Configuration HD 1080p30 GR rce Quality Balanced default C HD 720p30 C Resource Optimized C sp 30 Video Quality Optimized Detailed Configuration a Detailed Configuration Maximum CP Resolution HD 1080p30 C HD 720p30 Resolution Configuration G Resource Quality Balanced default C Resource Optimized C sD 30 7 Video Quality optimized Sharpness Motion C cir 30 C Manual Sharpness Motion Base Profile CIF 30 1 Resource el ime im on em Ee il SD 30 1 5 Resources TU cee da ate 256 bs 7ha 1024 adeo asbe 1920 2960 4096 8192 m ree HD 720p30 3 Resources SS ee ea Minimum i pos 7 i ae Se Sie Mig een a Connection HD 1080p30 6 Resources i ira ae Te 4096 kbps Threshold High Profile Line Rate CIF 30 1 Resource TS 64 kbps Sliders SD 30 1 5 Resources 1 128 kbps HD 720p30 3 Resources 1 4 512 kbps HD 1080p30 6 Resources 1 aago 1024 kbps Sharpness and Motion Sharpness and Motion are Video Quality settings that are selected per conference and are defined in the conference Profile A conference that has Sharpness selected in its Profile uses the Sharpness settings of the Resolution Configuration and likewise a conference that has Motion selected in its Pr
202. lustrates the certificate exchange during the TLS connection procedure fe External DB External DB eS Client RMX Web Client Manager ujn RMX Client ue 47 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Offline Certificate Validation Offline Certificate Validation has been enhanced to include the following rules and procedures Peer Certificates The diagram below illustrates the peer certificate validation procedure e The credentials of each certificate received from a networked peer are verified against a repository of trusted certificates Each networked entity contains a repository of trusted certificates e The digital signature of the certificate s issuing authority is checked along with the certificate s validity expiration date Server Peer Trusted Certificate Repository E FE ES ESE Self Validation of Certificates e The DNS name field in the entity s certificate is checked for a match with the entity s DNS name e The date of the RMX s certificate is checked for validity during power up and when connecting to management applications RMX Web Client and RMX Manager Certificate Revocation List e Each certificate received from a networked peer is verified against a repository of revoked certificates Each networked entity contains a repository of revoked certificates e Revocation certificates are check
203. ly qualified domain name FQDN for the CMA system This FQDN field on the RMX system is case sensitive so it must match the name in the CMA certificate including case exactly e Application user names are the same as regular user names Example the CMA application could have an application user name of CMA1 e The FQDN can be used to associate all user types Administrator Auditor Operator with the FQDN of a server 57 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 58 S POLYCOM Multiple application users can be configured the same FQDN name if multiple applications are hosted on the same server If the system is downgraded the application user s FQDN information is not deleted from the RMX s user records A System Flag PASS_EXP_DAYS_MACHINE enables the administrator to change the password expiration period of application user s independently of regular users The default flag value is 365 days The server hosting an application user whose password is about to expire will receive a login response stating the number of days until the application user s password expires This is determined by the value of the PASSWORD_EXPIRATION_WARNING_DAYS System Flag The earliest warning can be displayed 14 days before the password is are due to expire and the latest warning can be displayed 7 days before passwords are due to expire An Active Alarm is created stating the number of days befo
204. mended to use a color system to differentiate between the networks for When connecting the LAN cables of the various networks to the RMX it is example using colored cables RMX 4000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 4000 The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RMX 4000 RTM P 4000 Table 15 LAN Connections to the RTM IP zI an E a s ua Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN Table 16 LAN Connections to the RTM LAN Signaling and Media additional second Network Service Signaling and Media existing first Network Service 67 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 68 S POLYCOM Figure 2 shows the cables connected to the RMX 4000 rear panel when one RTM ISDN and three RTM LAN cards are installed providing IP and ISDN connectivity The RTM ISDN card can be used for both ISDN and IP calls and only one IP network Service is associated with each RTM LAN card LAN cable Media amp PRI cable Signaling Network 4 LAN cable Media amp Signaling Network 3 LAN cable Media amp Signaling Network 2 LAN cable Media amp Signaling Network 1 Management Shelf Network Management Figure2 RMX 4000 Rear Panel with LAN and PRI cables In this case up to four different IP Network Services can be defined one for each RTM LAN RTM ISDN cards installed in the system
205. n of TP sites Retrieval of Telepresence Layout Mode Control of Cropping and Striping options Enhanced Layout control Limiting Maximum The Maximum Resolution settings of the Resolution Resolution Configuration dialog box can be overridden by new fields that have been included in the New Profile and New Participant dialog boxes Auto Layout Changes Two additional layouts are activated in Auto Layout Mode when there are e 11 connected participants e 12 or more connected participants Auto Brightness Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout Video Switching In addition to H 264 720p30 the following Resolutions Video Switching resolutions have been added for MPM and MPMx cards only e H 264 1080p30 e H 264 720p60 e H 264 SD 30 12 wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables Version 7 5 0 J Interoperability Tables Devices The following table lists the devices with which Version 7 5 0 J was tested Table 7 Version 7 5 0 J Device Interoperability Table Device Version Gatekeepers Proxies Recorder Polycom RSS 2000 4 0 0 001 360 Polycom RSS 4000 6 4 0 0 26517 MCUs Call Managers Network Devices and Add ins Polycom MGC 25 50 100 and MGC 50 100 8 0 2 and 9 0 3 Polycom DMA 7000 2 3 2 1 0 J Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW GWUpgradePack_Polycom_5_7_2 7 _27 13 S POLYCOM
206. n request the recording is started once the gathering phase ends resulting in the display of the Gathering slide and layout without text details and after 15 seconds the Gathering slide and layout remain and appear in the recording RMX 1500 VNGR On RMX 1500 metallic Audio 16857 audio is heard periodically on PVX endpoint Resource Changes to Voice Port Capacity allocation on RMX with two 2 IP Services defined requires a system reset to take effect Voice participants cannot connect due to Resource Deficiency until reset is performed 247 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations 302 RMX 1500 DTMF Code 71 Secure General Conference sent to RMX 1500 displays Gathering Slide Text instead of Secured indicator text RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 some Video endpoints display green flickering screen on layout change from 4x4 to 1x1 RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 with MPMx Video when the endpoint displayed in the large video window in 2 8 layout disconnects the large video window is not re allocated to another endpoint RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 Video Video Preview is preceded by a green screen momentarily before Video Preview starts RMX 4000 Display information for Slot 5 FSM Fabric Switch Module in the RMX 4000 Hardware Monitor is incomplete RMX 4000 On an RMX4000 with MPMx_D cards in the Hardware Monitor t
207. n versions up to and including Version 7 2 2 only users with Administrator authorization could request to view a video preview e Video preview is supported with MPM and MPMx cards e Only one preview window can be displayed for each RMX Web Client connection workstation e Only one preview window can be displayed for a single conference and up to four preview windows can be displayed for each media card on different workstations one per workstation and one per conference For example if the RMX contains two media cards and there are 5 conferences running on the RMX if five conferences are running on the same media card only four conferences can be previewed from four different workstations If four or less conferences are running on one media card and the remaining conferences are running on the other media card all five conferences can be previewed e Live video that is shown in the preview window does not include the Content when it is sent by the participant e Video Preview is supported in cascaded conferences e If the video preview window is opened when the IVR slide is displayed to the participant it will also be displayed in the video preview window e Video Preview is not supported in RMX Manager application e Video Preview is not supported with H 264 High Profile e Video Preview is not supported for RTV endpoints e Video Preview is disabled in encrypted conferences e Video preview cannot be displayed when the partic
208. nabled HDX 8000 remains in the Gathering layout with frozen video inside the cells after blast dial out to several endpoints of type HDX 8000 HDX 9004 HDX 4000 VSX 8000 VSX 3000 from a CP conference at a line rate of 512kbps and LPR enabled Green video image occurs on HDX8000 v2 6 0 4740 endpoint after dialing to RMX 2000 running V7 0 1 16 with 2 MPM 80 cards Periodic video freezes on H 323 endpoints when connected to a CP conference running on RMX 1500 at a line rate of 4096kbps and AES and LPR options enabled An empty cell is displayed in the video layout when muting and then unmuting individual endpoints that are connected to the conference as follows 10 ISDN at a line rate of 128kbps 7 HDX 8006 at a line rate of 4096kbps 15 HDX 9004at a line rate of 1024kbps and 15 VSX 384kbps 264 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations ree Detected 413 Video VNGR _ A black vertical line is 17525 displayed between cells where usually there is a border when OTX and RPX 400 endpoints are connected to a conference running on RMX system with MPM x at a line rate of 4MB and video Quality set to Sharpness 414 Video VNGR Objects in video sent from 17539 VSXs are displayed stretched horizontally on HDXs screens when all are connected to a conference running on RMX 1500 over H323 and SIP 415 Video VSX8000 sees frozen video of the Gathering slid
209. nan R R O E cated odd dedeepitesvatssvadesues 38 MCU Type Indication ccsiccsecccssssssessvessssentescessotsbosenonvavtesenseonstinessvonitssetssasivastbeneatesy 38 RMX 1500 Banie sieneen dei eisie dee vdscsenesscacsbensesaisoicgnesibestgnesnisesdecseeudvetcea 38 RMX Manager Application ss sssssessssssesississrssresiesresrssresresrenresrisnesrenresrrneneen 38 Network Service Changes ci ssccssecsisssnssssstsesassscvisnansvensyacseressuavneobesenasnetveenasnnes 39 WH POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Fast Configuration Wizard RMX 1500 oo cesesesesesescsesesesescseseneseseeeees 39 Detailed Description MPMx Media Card cccsssseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeenneneeees 40 Front Panel amp LEDS vereeni ioupetgene toxpstesns R ES 40 Conferencing Capacities issccnssssessisnisecies eE nEn EES 40 Resource Capacitles esce 41 Resource Capacities per Card Assembly ss ssssssissessserisrisresreerieresnessesreeress 41 Resource Capacities per Card Type MPM and MPMx cece 41 Total Resource Capacities per System s es esessessserieresrisrresierierrsresresreresrren 42 Audio Algorithm Support sasie neons i a EE EE ii 43 MIPMix Guidelines sneiru iesieta Ea E EEE EE EEE 43 MPMx and MPM Modes sssrini iniiis 43 Operating Mode Selection During Startup Restart 0 0 0 44 System Information Changes e ssssssesssresrsssesresresrisrisresrerisrrnrsntesrenenrennen
210. nd Known Limitations On RMX with MPMx when a skin without background is selected the Polycom skin background is displayed When a skin with a background is selected the speaker notation color is incorrect Video VNGR 15724 Video VNGR 15738 VNGR 15763 When monitoring a conference and right clicking a participant the participant s video and audio freezes A conference started from a Profile set to Motion and Video Resolution HD 1080 after connecting HDX endpoints resources used are incorrect When using the MPMx card to run a conference with Auto Brightness enabled no difference can be seen in the video between a light and darkened room VNGR 16050 VNGR 16245 VNGR 16337 Video VNGR 16384 The resolution 1080p60fps is not available on the RMX 1500 2000 4000 On an RMX 4000 ina 4096Kbps conference with Auto Terminate Sharpness Encryption LPR Echo Suppression Auto Layout enabled when dialing out to 40 HDX endpoints video corruption occurred On an RMX 2000 with the MPMx card with a conference running when HDX endpoints connect sometimes in some of the video cells the Aspect ratio is incorrect when the source is 4 3 and destination is 16 9 ia P P a ia ia 259 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations a POLYCOM yas Detected On an RMX with MPM cards when c
211. nd SVX endpoints Message overlay is limited to 32 Chinese characters OR 96 ASCII characters 257 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Video VNGR Onrare occasions in 14124 2Mbps ISDN calls ISDN participants connected without their endpoints sending video for a few seconds Video VNGR In a conference with a line 15155 rate of 4096kbps set to Sharpness 1 5 layout after connecting a few endpoints when an endpoint dials out video In amp Out freeze VNGR Artifacts present in the 15386 Gathering Slide in 2560kbps CP conference with Motion selected VNGR Connect to a conference 15495 with HDX 8000 amp 9000 endpoints FECC on some of the endpoints starts only after 10 seconds VNGR Create aconference on the 15541 RMX using the default factory video profile connect a Sony PCS G50 endpoint and then try to control the XG80 s camera There is no response VNGR Ina2MB CP conference 15709 with LPR Gathering Sharpness Video Clarity and Auto Brightness enabled when connecting SIP amp H 323 PVX HDX endpoints when starting PCM and selecting 1 1 Layout the conference video has video artifacts On an RMX 4000 with MPM cards when trying to view the Video Preview window video is occasionally absent 258 wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections a
212. ndpoint is using ASIF 30 resolution while Polycom endpoints are using 720 400 resolution Interoperability RMX4000 using 4Mb V6 0 Same Layout Sharpness Video Clarity in profile and Entry Queue becomes inaccessible when called via an Entry Queue from H 323 LifeSize endpoint Interoperability In a 384Kbps conference V7 0 with no LPR when connecting HDX 8000 PVX endpoints the lower segment of the welcome s slide is missing smudged Interoperability In a conference set to a V7 0 line rate of 4096kbps with Sharpness 1 5 layout with a number of endpoints present when a H 323 HD720p30 Tandberg 1700MXP endpoint dial outs Video In amp Out freeze Interoperability Aethra VegaStar Gold V7 0 endpoint when connecting via ISDN to 384kbps conference creates CDR Event Participant status Connected with problem Interoperability In a continuously running V7 0 conference after disconnected two HDX7000 and VSX7000 endpoints the HDX4000 endpoint s video freezes 227 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations 167 Interoperability RMX4000 using 4Mb Same Layout Sharpness Video Clarity in profile and Entry Queue becomes inaccessible when called via an Entry Queue from H 323 LifeSize endpoint Interoperability In a 384Kbps conference with no IVR and resources set to a Fixed Mode when connecting SIP H 323 HDX amp
213. ndpoints by manually adding the ENABLE_EPC System Flag to the System Configuration and setting its value to NO default setting is YES Endpoints that support People Content for example FX endpoints may require a different signaling protocol For these endpoints manually add the System Flag CS_ENABLE_EPC to the System Configuration and set its value YES default value is NO G 728 Audio Algorithm Support Industry standard G 728 audio algorithm is supported for participants connecting with legacy or low bandwidth endpoints Guidelines G 728 is supported with MPM cards only in mono in H 323 and ISDN networking environments at bitrates from 64kbps to 4096kbps Monitoring Participant Audio Properties The audio algorithm used by the participant s endpoint can be verified in the Participant Properties Channel Status dialog box 113 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM To view the participant s properties during a conference 1 4 In the Participants list right click the desired participant and select Participant Properties Click the Channel Status Advanced tab The Participant Properties Channel Status Advanced dialog box is displayed In the Channel Info field select Audio In or Audio Out to display the audio parameters gt General gt Advanced Name fs Endpoint Website gt Information gt Media Sources
214. ng and starts a 384Kbps the same conference with IVR profile as enabled if HDX A sends the GW content to HDX B the HDX profile views a black screen 179 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun General VNGR When the RMX is set to Change the 10100 Flexible Allocation Mode resource and more than 14 Allocation endpoints are connected to Mode to a single MPM 80 card in Fixed Mode line rates above 2Mbps video artifacts may appear General VNGR When the sign is 10341 included in the User password logged into RMX Ver 3 0 or 4 0 access to Hardware Monitor is denied and an error message is displayed General VNGR After deleting an ISDN 10366 PSTN Network Service text that appears in the message alert is inconsistent General VNGR When the Resource Ignore the 10884 Capacity Mode is set to message Flexible and the Port Configuration slider is moved an incorrect message displays requesting that the RMX be reset General VNGR A Power OFF error 11970 message appears on the MPM cards on an RMX that has been running 20 conferences at a line rate of 1472 Kbps with four HD720p dial in participants in each conference when terminating all the conferences after 90 minutes and restarting them immediately General VNGR Sometimes after 8 hours 12241
215. nistrator user is created and the default user is deleted e lf the upgrade process fails please contact Polycom support Upgrade from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J gt gt Continue with the upgrade from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 J as described starting on page 23 To use the new features such as Operator Assistance and Gateway Sessions the IVR Services must be updated For more details see Additional Optional System Updates After Upgrading on page 20 Upgrading from Versions 5 1 0 G to Version 7 5 0 J This upgrade requires the following intermediate upgrade procedures followed by an upgrade to Version 7 5 0 1 Upgrade from Version 5 1 0 G to Version 5 0 2 2 Upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 1 0 G to Version 5 0 2 O Ultra Secure Mode must be disabled before this upgrade can be performed 1 Download the required software Version 5 0 2 from the Polycom Resource Center web site downloading the Version 5 0 2 software to the workstation If Windows7 is installed on the workstation Protected Mode must be disabled before For more information see Windows 7 Security Settings on page 16 28 wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure 2 Backup the configuration file For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Software Management on page 19 111 3 Install MCU Software Version 5 0 2 On the RMX menu click Administ
216. nly MCU units with memory of 512MB support only one IP Network Service Multiple Network Services are NOT supported with Microsoft ICE Environments Only IPv4 is supported for the definition of Multiple Network Services Up to two Network Services one per LAN port can be associated with each Media card On RMX 2000 4000 RTM ISDN or RTM LAN can be used for Multiple Services configuration However if RTM ISDN is installed and used for Multiple Services configuration only one Network Service can be associated with the media card to which the RTM ISDN card is attached On RMX 1500 when Multiple Network Services option is enabled the two networks must differ in their subnet masks An IP Network Service can be associated with one or several media cards If more than one card is associated with the same Network Service the system routes the calls to the appropriate card according to resource availability Participants on different networks can connect to the same conference with full audio video and content capabilities Traffic on one network does not influence or affect the traffic on other networks connected to the same MCU unless they are connected to the same media card If one network fails it will not affect the traffic in the other connected networks unless they are connected to the same media card and the card fails Maximum number of services that can be defined per RMX platform Table 13 Maximum Number of IP Network Service p
217. nnecting over H320 to an encrypted conference at a line rate of 384Kbps 40 Encryption VNGR In a conference with an V7 0 15256 IVR Service with endpoints when using DTMF 71 71 88 codes to secure unsecure the conference there is no text icon indication 41 FECC VNGR On the RMX 1500 running V7 0 16523 a mixed H 323 amp SIP 384Kbps conference when connecting an Tandberg SIP endpoint FECC does not work 42 Gateway VNGR Inthe RMX Web Client V7 0 15935 when creating a new gateway profile and setting the Gateway ID to 1234 then click OK no confirmation message appears 43 Gateway VNGR Gateway sessions are V7 0 16562 always running in CP mode If Video Switching is selected in the Profile the system will change it to CP mode using the closest possible video settings However 60fps may not be supported in CP mode for the selected line rate 209 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Gateway VNGR Ina Gateway call started 16604 from a video endpoint CMAD or HDX when other endpoints connect the endpoint that initiates the call initially views the Gathering slide but then it disappears Gateway VNGR When a Gateway call is 16607 started from a video endpoint CMAD or HDX and endpoints connect to the conference SIP endpoints view a blurry gathering slide with artifacts General
218. nnecting when connected to a CP conference running on RMX 4000 with MPM at a line rate of 1920kbps video quality set to Sharpness and LPR Video Clarity and Send Content To Legacy Endpoint options enabled 235 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations va Detected Interoperability VVX is displayed in two conference video layout cells when connected over H 323 to a conference that includes two VVX endpoints when the VVX comes off hold while in the gathering screen One cell is live video and the other cell is frozen video After resuming the call that was placed on hold VVX 1500 display does not return to Auto Layout and remains small in the top right corner of the display The VVX is connected via H 323 to a conference running at 128Kbps Interoperability Sony PCS XG80 receives video at a resolution of 432x240 instead of 720p when connected to a CP conference running on RMX 2000 with MPM at a line rate of 1920kbps with LPR Video Clarity and Send Content to Legacy Endpoint options enabled Interoperability Flickering video is displayed for a few seconds on Lifesize Room 200 screen when connecting to a conference running on RMX 4000 at 4MB with Encryption and LPR enabled Interoperability Radvison Scopia XT1000 does not transmit video when connected at a line rate of at 1920kbps to a CP conference runnin
219. nner Menu The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including but not limited to penetration testing COMSEC monitoring network operations and defense personnel misconduct PM law enforcement J IV Main Page Banner Restore Default One of the the following Login Banners can be selected e Non Modifiable Banners Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3 Sample 4 e Modifiable Banner Custom Default Guidelines The Login Banner cannot be disabled when the RMX is in Ultra Secure Mode e The Login Banner must be acknowledged before the user is permitted to log in to the system e Ifa Custom banner has been created and the user selects one of the alternative non modifiable banners the Custom banner not deleted The Custom Login Banner banner may contain up to 1300 characters e An empty Login Banner is not allowed e Any attempt to modify a non modifiable banner results in it automatically being copied to the Custom banner Non Modifiable Banner Text Sample 1 Banner You are accessing a U S Government USG Information System IS that is provided for USG authorized use only 90 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Security Features By using this IS which includes any device attached to this IS you consent to the following conditions The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS
220. ns participants that were connected as Secondary Audio Only because of lack of video resources would not receive any indication stating the reason why his her video had not connected In this version the administrator can enable an audio message that informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources in the RMX and that he she is being connected as Audio Only The message states All video resources are currently in use Connecting using audio only e The IVR message applies to video participants only Audio Only participants will not receive the message e Only H 323 and SIP participants receive the audio message e Downgrade to Audio Only is not supported for undefined ISDN dial in participants These participants are disconnected if there is a lack of Video Resources e The audio message is the first message after the call is connected preceding all other IVR messages e The message is called No Video Resources Audio Only and the message file wav is called No video resources audio only wav e The audio message must be added to the Conference and Entry Queue IVR Services separately e The IVR message can be enabled disabled by the administrator using the ENABLE_NO_VIDEO_RESOURCES_ AUDIO_ONLY_MESSAGE System Flag in system cfg Possible values YES NO Default YES If you wish to modify the flag value the flag must be added to the System Configuration file For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Adminis
221. ns and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued vee Detected Workaroun SIP VNGR In ICE environment if QoS V7 0 7 0 1 17732 is enabled in the IP Network Service the connection to the OCS is broken and the RMX cannot provision ICE and cannot see the connection to the edge server 122 SIP VNGR No video or low quality 12136 video is seen by a SIP HDX endpoint that connects to a conference set to 384 Kbps at much higher line rate such as 4Mb SIP VNGR After creating a new SIP 15954 Factory and then deleting it you cannot create another new SIP factory A message alert appears fail to add SIP factory SIP VNGR When trying to connect SIP 0 Set the IP 11971 participants via an external address API application when the correctly URI and IP address fields are switched the IP address is left empty and the URI is set to the IP address the endpoint will disconnect 125 SIP VNGR Occasionally when a 12017 dial in SIP participant accesses the Entry Queue the participant connection fails even though the participant entered the correct conference ID Software VNGR On RMX 1500 with MPMx Version 16803 High System CPU Usage fault occurs 127 Software VNGR On RMX 2000 with MPM Version 16818 after upgrading the RMX restarted with no utilizable unit for audio controller requiring hard reset switch off and then on 189 RM
222. nse with a copy of your receipt This limited warranty is void if the defecthas resulted from accident abuse or misapplication Any replacement media will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period Outside the United States this remedy is not available to the extent McAfee is subject to restrictions under United States export control laws and regulations 4 Warranty Disclaimer Exceptforthe limited warranty set forth herein THE MCAFEE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND MCAFEE MAKES NO WARRANTY AS TO ITS USE OR PERFORMANCE EXCEPTFOR ANY WARRANTY CONDITION REPRESENTATION OR TERM THE EXTENT TO WHICH CANNOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED BY APPLICABLE LAW MCAFEE ITS SUPPLIERS AND AUTHORIZED PATNERS MAKE NO WARRANTY CONDITION REPRESENTATION OR TERM EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER BY STATUTE COMMON LAW CUSTOM USAGE OR End User License Agreement For Polycom Software RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 170 10 OTHERWISE AS TO ANY MATTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY INTEGRATION OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE YOU ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTING THE MCAFEE SOFTWARE TO ACHIEVE YOUR INTENDED RESULTS AND FOR THE INSTALLATION OF USE OF AND RESULTS OBTAINED FROM THE MCAFEE SOFTWARE WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS MCAFEE MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE MCAFEE SOFTWARE WI
223. nt Properties dialog box For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Adding a Participant to the Address Book on page 6 4 Resolution Configuration Pane The user can select from 3 pre defined Resolution Configurations or select a manual Resolution Slider adjustment mode The pre defined settings can be accepted without modification or be used as the basis for manual fine tuning of resolution settings by the administrator The Manual radio button is automatically selected if any changes are made to the Resolution Sliders The Resolution Configurations are e Resource Quality Balanced default A balance between the optimized video quality and optimized resource usage This is the only available resolution configuration in version 6 0 x and earlier Use this option e When the priority is to maintain a balance between resource usage and video quality e When it is necessary to maintain backward compatibility with previous versions e When working with CMA The Balanced settings are described in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Continuous Presence CP Conferencing on page 2 3 e Resource Optimized System resource usage is optimized by allowing high resolution connections only at high line rates and may result in lower video resolutions in comparison to other resolution configurations for some line rates Use this option when the priority is to save MCU resources and increase the number of
224. ny jurisdiction orthe United Nations Convention on Contracts forthe International Sale of Goods the application of whichis expressly excluded The United States District Court forthe Southern District of New York and the Courts of New York County New York when New York law applies the courts of the Republic of Ireland when the law of Ireland applies andthe courts of Japan when Japanese law applies shall each have non exclusive jurisdiction over all disputes relating to the McAfee Software Free Software The McAfee Software includes or may include some software programs that are licensed or sublicensed to the user underthe GNU General PublicLicense GPL or other similar software licenses which among other rights permitthe userto copy modify and redistribute certain programs or portions thereof and have access to the source code The GPL requires that for any software covered underthe GPL whichis distributed to someone in an executable binary formatthatthe source code also be made available to those users For any such software the source code is made available in a designated directory created by installation of the McAfee Software or designated internet page If any Free Software licenses require that McAfee provide rights to use copy or modify a software program that are broader than the rights granted in this agreement then such rights shall take precedence over the rights and restrictions herein Privacy By utilizing the McAfee Sof
225. o Motion Auto Layout at line rate of 512 Kbps and the video layout changes to 1x1 Interoperability After MCU reset performed from Hardware Monitor 13194 no audio could be heard when participants were VNGFE routed via DMA to a conference running on RMX 2406 4000 Interoperability No Content is sent or received by the ISDN 13405 endpoint when connecting through the RMX GW to VNGFE a Virtual Room managed by the DMA version 2468 4 1 1 1_Build_15 SP_2 running on the RMX Interoperability Polycom audio IP endpoints experience various 13507 problems when they attempt to call into DMA DMA 385 conferences Interoperability Green artifacts appear when a LifeSize Room 200 13338 endpoint connects to a HD Video Switching VNGFE wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued L Interoperability Cannot dial out from a conference running on RMX 13632 2000 version 5 0 to Avaya 1XC version CM 5 2 AVA 1038 and 6 0 and Polycom endpoints Interoperability PictureTel Concorde 4500 ZX endpoint connects to 9721 a conference as Secondary no video when using ISDN and H 261 capabilities Interoperability Frozen Video on VSX6000 and V500 in CP session 11412 set to sharpness Interoperability When endpoints connect to a conference running 11508 on the RMX through the DMA the endpoints will see full screen 1x1 layout and not the conference layout
226. o RMX Web Client in Japanese 12615 and trying to download the software using VNGBE 782 Administration gt Software Management gt Software Download the build bin file cannot be found General When logged in to RMX Web Client in Japanese 12518 the Telepresence value in Administration gt System VNGBE 758 Information is displayed in English General Incorrect Japanese translation of the error 12514 message displayed when creating an EQ and VNGBE 773 using a dial in number already assigned to another conferencing entity General In the Japanese RMX Web Client the conference deletion message is displayed in English 196 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued i omen 14 General When logged in to RMX Web Client in Japanese 12447 and opening a file in the Auditor Viewer VNGBE 755 Administration gt Tools gt Auditor Viewer click local file icon the dialog box title that is show in Japanese switches to English after opening the file General In the Japanese RMX Web Client the New Reservation gt Schedule gt Monthly option has an incorrect translation General Rarely a false active alarm appears Temperature has reached a problematic level and requires attention for no apparent reason General When an RTM LAN card is changed on an activated system a Power off error message is displayed for all the MPM cards on the s
227. ofile uses the Motion settings of the Resolution Configuration dialog box The Sharpness and Motion tabs in the Resolution Configuration dialog box allow the user to view and modify Resolution Configuration settings for conferences with either Video Quality setting wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Resolution Configuration Basic The Resolution Configuration Basic dialog box contains the following panes e Max CP Resolution Pane e Resolution Configuration Pane Resolution Configuration Maximum CP Resolution Resolution Configuration HD 1080p30 Resource Quality Balanced default C HD 720p30 C Resource Optimized C sp 30 Video Quality Optimized C CIF 30 C Manual Detailed Configuration Max CP Resolution Pane When in MPMx Card Configuration Mode the RMX can be set to one of the following Maximum CP Resolutions HD 1080p30 HD 720p30 SD30 e CIF30 Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag For more information see Limiting Maximum Resolution on page 163 Resolution Configuration Pane The Resolution Configuration pane and it s selection options in MPMx Card Configuration Mode behave in the same manner as for MPM Card Configuration Mode as described in the Resolution Configuration Pane section on page 164 135 Sa POLYCOM RMX
228. olycom Resource Center web site downloading the Version 7 5 0 J software to the workstation If Windows7 is installed on the workstation Protected Mode must be disabled before For more information see Windows 7 Security Settings on page 16 2 Obtain the Version 7 5 0 J Product Activation Key from the Polycom Resource Center web site Backup the configuration file Install MCU Software Version 7 5 0 J On the RMX menu click Administration gt Software Management gt Software Download 5 Browse to the Install Path selecting the Version 7 5 0 J x x bin file in the folder where Version 7 5 0 is saved and click Install 23 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 24 8 S POLYCOM The Install Software information box that the file Copying files is In progress Thstall Sortware The RMX will be automatically reset at the end of the installation Install Path I Sa brians My Docu Copying Files Software Loading IPMC Burning At the end of the installation process the system displays an indication that the software copying procedure is Completed and that a new Activation Key is required Click the OK button On the RMX menu click Setup gt Product Activation The Product Activation dialog box is displayed with the serial number field completed Product Activation a Online Registration Click the PolycomResource Cent
229. on containing a JITC_MODE System Flag the system will automatically create an ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag and set it to the value of the JITC_MODE flag before the upgrade The system will then delete the JITC_MODE System Flag e When downgrading to a version that utilizes the JITC_MODE System Flag the administrator will need to set the JITC_MODE flag to the value of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag s value before the upgrade e Once intiated Ultra Secure Mode cannot be disabled without restoring the RMX to factory defaults For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults on page 4 1 89 W POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Login Page Main Page Banners The administrator can choose one of four alternative login banners to be displayed The four alternative banners cannot be modified A Custom banner default can also be defined The Main Page Banner is blank and can be defined The Banner Configuration dialog box allows the administrator to select a Login Banner from a drop down menu Banner configuration IV Login Page Banner You are accessing a U S Government USG Information System IS that is provided for USG authorized use only Al By using this IS which includes any device attached to this IS you consent to the following conditions Login Ba
230. onUpdater Name Last modified Size Description E Parent Directory E current 03 Sep 2010 15 59 61596160avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 79K 61856186avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 29K 61866187avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 170K 61876188avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 51K 61886189avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 57K 61896190avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 65K 61906191avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 43K 61916192avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 108K 61926193avv gem 11 Dec 2010 11 11 112K 61936 avvdat 6194 zip 11 Dec 2010 11 1 W avvdat ini ti Ddec 3 4K This zip file is regularly updated at McA fee web site Installing the file overwrites the current installed file and this file can be updated even if the antivirus application is scanning the system During every scan the RMX system checks if there is a DAT file update When the DAT file is not updated in the past 30 days an active alarm is triggered Antivirus initial DAT files are outdated and must be updated This alarm appears in the Active Alarms list The active alarm terminates when the antivirus scan activates S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Downloading and Converting the ZIP file to TAR Download the zip file to a local PC laptop The McAffee file is automatically converted to a TAR file with a tgz file extension 4 Schedule signature file updates in accordance with your site policies Active Alarms Table 3 lists the Active Alarms that can occur on the
231. onference Routing Name Profile Factory Video Profile X ID Conference Password Chairperson Password Reserve Resourcesfor VideoParticipants o a Reserve Resources for Voice Participants o J IP Network Service ISDN PSTN Network Service Dial in Number 1 Dial in Number 2 a ee Monitoring Conferences The Conference Properties Network Services dialog box shows for each Network Service with which Network Service s SIP proxy the conference should be registered and if the dial in call will be connected to the conference In the Participant pane a new column Service Name was added indicating the name of Network Service used for the participant s connection S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Resource Report The Resource Report displays the resource usage in total and per Network Service ina table format The Resources per Service table provides the actual information on resource usage and availability per network Service and provides an accurate snapshot of resources usage in the system You can select the graph to display select either Totals default or the Network Service s a Dre RSRBUNSHS a Video Gecupied 30 Port Gauge Indications The port Gauges displays the total resource usage for the RMX and not per Network Service Therefore it may not be an accurate representation of the availability of resources for conferen
232. onference running on RMX 2000 with 2 MPM 80 cards at a line rate of 1MB Video Quality set to Sharpness and Video Clarity encryption and LPR options enabled 421 H 261 participant video is not seen by other conference participants and the Gathering text did not appear on the H 261 participant s screen when connected to a conference running at 512kbps The H 261 participants sees the conference video correctly The VVX takes over a minute to resume live video on other endpoints in conference after releasing the hold when connected over H 323 to a conference running on RMX 1500 at a line rate of 128kbps 422 266 S POLYCOM wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations rae Detected Video VNGR 17679 Video VNGR 17742 VNGR 17796 Video freeze occur when connecting 20 HD 1080p participants to a conference running on RMX 2000 with 2 MPM 80 Poor video quality due to low frame rate is viewed on HDX systems when connecting to a CP conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 6MB with LPR Video Clarity and 425 A thin gray line is present at the bottom of the cells when connecting TPX and RPX endpoints to a conference running on RMX 2000 4000 with MPM x cards at a line rate of 3MB or higher and video quality is set to sharpness 426 Lip sync occurred when an endpoint connected at 512kbps to a conference running at line rate of 2MB on RMX 2000 with 2 MPM 80 cards and L
233. onfiguring the resolution of Configuration Slider to HD 1080p60 HD 720p60 the participant properties you should not be able to select HD1080 HD 720p as the Maximum Resolution People Video Definition Video VNGR 16618 Video VNGR 16657 VNGR 16695 In a 4MB HD1080p conference with Content Video Clarity Auto Termination Encryption LPR Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled when dialing out to six HDX8006 endpoints and changing the speaker all endpoints had bad video 385 Using MPMx frame rate in motion conference is less than 60fps on HDX endpoints that connect at HD resolution at 1920kbps and are not allocated on the Turbo DSP 386 The displayed resolution of the gathering slide differs between H 323 participant 432x240 and H 320 participant 480x352 when both endpoints are connected to a CP conference running at a line rate of 384Kbps with video quality set to Motion and LPR is enabled Once the Gathering phase ends all participants connect with 2SIF resolution On RMX 2000 with one MPM H small artifacts are displayed in the Gathering Slide when the configuration is changed to Presentation Mode during the Gathering Phase 387 260 i EN ER ER wy POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Corrections and Known Limitations eae Detected On RMX 1500 video display freezes momentarily during Video Layout changes before the new Video Layout is di
234. onitor the quality of the video sent and received by the participant and identify possible quality degradation a Industry standard G 728 audio algorithm is RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 5 New Features List Continued Category Conference Card Feature Name Configura tion Mode Personal Conference Manager PCM Message Overlay Content Broadcast Control Copy Cut Paste Participant Copy Paste Conference Gathering Slide Sa POLYCOM Description The Personal Conference Manager PCM interface enables the conference chairperson to control various conference features using his her endpoint s remote control device Note Chairperson users are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode Using the Message Overlay option a message can be sent to all the participants in a conference and displayed on their endpoint screens Content Broadcast Control prevents the accidental interruption or termination of H 239 Content that is being shared in a conference by giving Content Token ownership to a specific endpoint via the RMX Web Client The RMX user can Copy Cut and Paste participants between different conferences running on the RMX When used via the RMX Manager the user can Copy Cut and Paste participants between conferences running on different RMXs The RMX user can Copy and Paste conferences on the same RMX and when used via the RMX Manager be
235. onivenenseonsvohesssnautedsebenesboaseointveveneds 113 G ideliheS nianon e REAA a VLAE 113 G 728 Audio Algorithm Support seserinis inise nie 113 GUIelIMes sinea a EE duetnees capers EET T 113 Monitoring Participant Audio Properties s essssessssssesesstssrsiesiesresrrsresresresress 113 Permanent Conferenties n EiS 114 Guidelines cx6cescusnidesys cxsnstcoyscesnsardnnceanstnsmedvousdscnndiaredpecesnsactoel cena nsnecests desesdedbotesutteayete 114 Enabling a Permanent Conference cccsssscesssesssseneseseeeesescesecenescsesnsneesseseesees 115 Video Previ W in cscissseivssesccsestesaccsacvevsinscadsedeins disc E EERE OEE EE EE AA E 116 Video Preview Guidelines scccs ccivsessesssssorstonenssasesessvonosstonsnvsosonsasecentosedsnonotvensieas 116 Workstation Requirements ssessesesseseerestesertesertesesreserroserroreresreresneresnrsesreserr esens 117 Testing your Workstation sissiisssississesiiriristseitsisteriprerei iecerei ieiki 117 Previewing the Participant Video ssssssssesssesiesessesreerisrissrsnsssierisrrsnseniereeresstese 118 Message Overlay seirer eaa O E S EEES 120 G ideliNeg enidan eii eE Ea ikrai ea aieiaa 120 Enabling Message Overlay i cc ccsccsessssoscssnssinesesosocovoncsonoessotenstocosvaesonscseasnecnenes 120 3 POLYCOM Content Broadcast Control ssiri err aiei ar E EART 123 GUT SLIM aurii iE R E E E EE TE oie E A dees 123 Giving and Cancelling Token Ownership ssss sssssssssesisessssssrssresrenrisresre
236. ontent result in MFA error followed by shaking video on HDX 9004 endpoints 192 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued Detected oe Category Description in Version Video VNGR When starting a 16888 conference from the default profile with 20 30 endpoints connected on an RMX 4000 with MPMx cards changing the conference layout causes video freezes and empty layout cells appear 149 Video VNGR On RMX 1500 MPMx S 7 0 16811 when the HDX8006 endpoint at 720p resolution using High Profile at 512kbps connect to the conference the participant experiences welcome slide flash in video or endpoint freezes with welcome slide displayed VNGR On an RMX 2000 with V7 0 16711 MPMx cards when dialing in at 384Kbps using VSX endpoints to a Meeting Room the video transfer rate was 800Kbps instead of 384Kbps VNGR On an RMX 4000 with a 15543 CP conference with Auto Layout and Sharpness enabled Sony PCS 1 endpoints do not transmit video in H 320 calls VNGR Ina 4MB Immersive 14673 Telepresence conference with Sharpness enabled cracking and popping sounds are heard VNGR Gathering slide info is cut 14837 off for dial out VSX and CMAD MAC endpoints that receive video ata resolution of 480x352 The gathering screen displays correctly on the HDX endpoints 193 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes
237. ording to the following procedure To configure Internet Explorer 8 1 Close all browsers running on the workstation 2 Use the Windows Task Manager to verify that no iexplore exe processes are running on the workstation If any processes are found use the End Task button to end them Open Internet Explorer but do not connect to the RMX In the Internet Explorer menu bar select Tools gt gt Internet Options The Internet Options dialog box is displayed with General tab open Content I Connections Programs Home page oe To create home page tabs type each address on its own line ag Inttp w polycom com Use current Usedefauit Use blank on ej an 4E Delete temporary files history cookies saved passwords and web form information E Delete browsing history on exit Search JO cares atts Tabs Change how webpages are displayed in tabs Languages J Fonts 5 Inthe Browsing history section click the Delete button The Delete Browsing History dialog box is displayed _ Preserve Favorites website data Keep cookies and temporary Internet files that enable your favorite websites to retain preferences and display faster emporary Internet files opies of webpages images and media that are saved for faster iewing es stored on your computer by websites to save preferences such as login information History List of website
238. ot V7 0 2 17881 reconnect to logger port 140 VNGR 19038 VNGR 16780 VNGR 3089 On an RMX 2000 4000 with Ultra Secure Mode Secure Communication enabled after a system restart the system date sometimes reverts back to a previous date or incorrect date 141 During VSW conference at 720p60p resolution using direct connections or via DMA endpoints display only their own video In HD Video Switching conferences Tandberg endpoints may connect as Secondary when HD frame rate capabilities are less than 7 5 frames per second Interoperability A black screen may appear in the following instances On HDX8000 HD Hardware version B endpoints when the conference line rate is set in the range of 256 768 Kbps The Hardware version can be found on the HDX endpoint s System Information page On HDX SD endpoints using the PAL mode when the conference line rate is set above 128 Kbps VNGR 10849 VNGR 10989 VNGR 11341 In a ISDN dial in conference with a line rate of 384 Kbps Tandberg MXP ISDN endpoints cannot view content Interoperability Interoperability During H 320 calls Lip Sync issues occur when content is being sent 224 S POLYCOM Create a CP conference 1 Upgrade to HDX software version 2 5 0 5 2 Use conference line rates below 256 or above 768 Kbps 3 Disable the IVR Welcome slide and avoid using a 1x1 Video Layout wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known
239. ot be resized RMX Web Client VNGR When upgrading the RMX 12257 Web Client with software changes Internet Explorer needs to be closed and opened before the upgrade can take place 1 Install prior to initiating Secured Communica tions Mode 2 Install froma network 3 Install locally from RMX Manager folder 249 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations 317 RMX Web Client VNGR ISDN PSTN fields are 14778 disabled grayed out although Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in check box is selected in RMX Management gt Entry Queues gt Default EQ RMX Web Client VNGR Onan RMX 1500 witha 16210 conference and connected participants when multiple web clients are opened on different PC s and Video Preview is activated when opening another browsing session and viewing Video Preview all the browsers close though some view a failure status message RMX Web Client VNGR Sometimes when installing 2473 the RMX Web Client Windows Explorer gt Internet Options gt Security Settings must be set to Medium or less RMX Web Client VNGR When connecting directly 0 Reset the 7557 to the Shelf Manager and MCU and then selecting Diagnostic Mode switch to the CNTL module does not Diagnostic enter the diagnostic mode Mode and stays Normal Serial Gateway Only 108 out of 160 ports can connect to RMX4000 wit
240. owing lists e Trusted Certificates e Personal Certificates Management and Signaling Certificates e CRL Certificate Revocation List Double clicking on a certificate in any if the displayed lists displays the certificate s properties Certificate Details Certificate jata Version 1 00 Serial Number 3d 2t c2 f0 0a Signat iro Algae shel WihRSAEnerypion ssuer C L ST PT LeTA D PLEM QUAD CNehwem22ixeelpoveom com Not Botore Sep 2 Kak 2010 GMT LSTA O PLCM OU RD CN inx vm 22israekpolycom com Key Alert a RSA Publ Key 1024 bit Modulus 102 00 86 iE Stoat Expone ox1000 Signature Algoithm shal WiKRSAE ncyption 55 2b 6a c0 bar 006 6d 2b 58 85 a4 Sf Be 3a 20 4f 5d 6 a1 2c f4 3e a5 6251 87 2d b2 f6 25 66 5a De ia E 2 Ba 2d 9a fdic4 a0 41 9c 96 be 6f 1b c0 86 8a cb be 52 3b a2 4c d7 bd 63 Sarado Tisa Sd a3 96 ee e5 3 16 58 82 b6 95 ca 30 6F 3b 21 e9 Df ae Bier fd 0b EAO shes ciei tb Seat IVS Ose e0 So S4 abid7 736d Ob dc Sa taledbs cc 07 2218 73 63 Adding Trusted Certificates and CRLs to the Certification Repository Trusted Certificates and CRLs added to the Certification Repository are not automatically activated They remain in the Trusted Certificates and CRL Lists until the Activate Certificate button is clicked at which time all Trusted Certificates and CRLs in the list are activated simultaneously Trusted Certificates By clicking the column headers the Trusted
241. participants should an ITP endpoint re connects to the conference ITP features are applied to the conference video for all participants regardless of whether there are TP endpoints connected or not Retrieving the Telepresence Layout Mode A new field Telepresence Layout Mode has been added to the New Profile Video Settings dialog box enabling VNOC operators and Polycom Multi Layout Applications to retrieve Telepresence Layout Mode information from the RMX The following modes can be selected e Manual e Continuous presence Room Continuous Presence Default e Room Switch Voice Activated Room Switching 3 POLYCOM Detailed Description Changes to Existing Features Monitoring Telepresence Mode Monitoring Ongoing Conferences A additional status indicator Telepresence Mode Enabled is displayed in the Conference Properties Video Settings tab when monitoring ongoing conferences SUPPORT 523605733 Properties gt General Display N gt Advanced ict lth gt Gathering Settings Duration Le E gt Video Quality gt Video Settings E Presentation Mode ia gt Audio Settings gt Skins Vv Telepresence Mode gt IVR r Telepresence Layout Mode gt Information I Lecturer View Switching CERE 7 gt Recording ii _ gt Message Overlay gt Network Services M Auto Layout m Auto x The Telepresence Mode Enabled Telepresence Mode and Telepr
242. participants respectively For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide IP Participant Properties on page 11 19 e H 264 High Profile is not supported InMPM card Configuration Modes In Video Switched conferences 107 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM For Content Sharing Asan RSS Recording link With Video Preview H 264 High Profile System Flags 108 ISDN The CFG_KEY_SUPPORT_HIGH_PROFILE_WITH_ISDN System Flag enables ISDN support with H 264 High Profile Possible Values YES NO Default NO This System Flag must be added to the System Configuration file before it can be modified For more information see the RMX 15002000 4000 Administrator s Guide Modifying System Flags on page 19 6 Flags used in Version 7 0 1 In Version 7 0 2 the flags described below were replaced with the High Profile sliders in the Resolution Configuration dialog box Setting minimum bit rate thresholds that are lower than the default may affect the video quality of endpoints that do not support the H 264 High Profile Endpoints that do not support H 264 High Profile will connect according to the minimum bitrate thresholds defined by the following System Flags e H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN_RATE_SD30_SHARPNESS e H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN_RATE_HD720P30_SHARPNESS e H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN_RATE_HD1080P30_SHARPNESS e H264_BASE_PROFIL
243. pness Echo Suppression Auto Layout Gathering and Send content to Legacy endpoints enabled HDX endpoint s content is fragmented 28 Content VNGR Legacy endpoint that V7 0 2 17558 connect to a conference in which Content is already sent and the conference layout is set to Auto Layout the does not see the Legacy Layout and does not receive content 29 Content Chroma shift viewed on V7 5 Legacy endpoints when sending content ina conference running on RMX 2000 with MPMx at a line rate of 512kbps and the Send Content to Legacy Endpoint option enabled 30 Content Content sent from a V7 0 2 VSX7000A system is displayed frozen on the far end VSXs when connected over H 323 to a conference with 9 H323 VSX endpoints running on RMX4000 with the MPM at a line rate of 768kbps and LPR Video Clarity and Send Content To Legacy Endpoint options enabled 31 Content VNGR Sometimes Contentis sent V7 0 2 17762 during the gathering phase and is shown through the gathering phase slide background it is displayed as a layer underneath it when the Sent Content to Legacy Endpoint option is enabled in a conference running at 384kbps 207 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations rae Detected Content VNGR Video freeze was 17729 experienced by many participants when content was sent from a PC to 160 CIF participants conn
244. ppression enabled and resources set to a Flexible Mode when dialing out using H 261 connection problems are encountered in VSX endpoints after about 10 seconds On an RMX2000 with the MPM card when connecting with an HDX9000 endpoint to the Entry Queue using a line rate of 384Kbps the IVR slide blinks VNGR 16387 VNGR 16390 VNGR 16408 VNGR 16506 In a 768Kbps Telepresence conference when connecting to a TPX using a 1x7 layout the HDX8000 video looks elongated in the large cell In a 4096Kbps conference with Auto Layout enabled when dialing out to 3 HDX and 3 VSX endpoints video freezing occurs Lip sync is noticeable on HDX 7000 rev B that dials into a conference running at a line rate of 1Mbps Corrections and Known Limitations V7 0 i En ER om o oo 229 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations va Detected V7 0 Interoperability In an 512Kbps CP conference with AES and Sharpness enabled when Dial in endpoints view the Gathering slide the CMAD video freezes Interoperability On an RMX 4000 amp MPM V7 0 cards running an 1920Kbps conference with Video Clarity Auto Terminate Video Quality Sharpness Encryption LPR Echo Suppression Auto Layout Gathering and Content for Legacy Endpoints enabled when connecting 20 HDX Tandberg 17000 and edge95 MXP amp 3
245. r Supply Mandatory Supplies AC Power to the RMX This unit is not field replaceable Fan Internal Internal Component Provides cooling for the internal Rk alle Sh components RTM IP 1500 Mandatory Contains an Ethernet Switch that manages the network of the system routes data between the cards and components of the system and provides connectivity to external IP networks This unit is not field replaceable BackplaneY Internal Component Data Routing LANS Internal Component Provide Network access 34 S POLYCOM Detailed Description RMX 1500 RMX 1500 Properties The RMX 1500 Properties General Info tab RMX TS00 Properties Chassis ID Chassis Serial Number Part Number Card Type Chassis Hardware Version Turn on SSH CNTL 1500 Properties The CTRL_PLUS Properties General Info tab Slot ID F TCNTL PLUS Properties RTM IP 1500 Properties The RTM IP Properties General Info tab STOt ID T7 RTM IP1 500 Properties Hardware Version Software Version Serial Number Card Type Card Part Number Card MAC Address 1 Card MAC Address 2 4 01 APP100223012 RIM P1500 BRD26034 L0 0090CA00D843 0090CA00DB44 35 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J LAN Unit List Properties The LAN Unit List Properties Can List tay Slot Port Type status Pa amp 2 Management1 Act
246. rated to an encrypted CP conference running at a line rate of 2Mbps video quality set to sharpness and video clarity and auto layout are enabled some of the endpoints fail to connect due to TB_MSG_OPEN_PORT MCU internal problem or SIP HW MCU internal problem To overcome the problem do one of the following Connect the endpoints one by one Run anon encrypted 2M VSW conference Run the conference at a lower line rate 768Kbps 251 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations SIP VNGR On RMX with MPMx in 16839 High Profile Motion conference at 512kbps HDX endpoints connected via SIP only transmit H 264 HP 4SIF at 15 frames per second VNGR The QDX6000 SIP 17562 endpoint is connected with problem to a conference running on RMX 4000 with MPM at a line rate of 768kbps and LPR Video Clarity and Send Content To Legacy Endpoint options enabled SIP endpoint no High 0 Disable the Profile connected at a LPR option resolution of SD30 instead of SD60 when connecting to a conference running on RMX 4000 with MPMx at a line rate of 1024kbps with LPR enabled and Video Quality set to Motion High Profile enabled SIP 0 Disable the endpoint connected at a LPR option resolution of SD30 instead of SD60 when connecting to a conference running on RMX 4000 with MPMx at a line rate of 5
247. ration 60 To configure Directory Services On the RMX menu click Setup gt Exchange Integration Configuration The Directory Services Configuration dialog box is displayed Directory serores mmm ry gt Configuration H IV Connect to the Enterprise Directory server gt Role Mapping Directory Type MS Active Directory IP Address or DNS Name Search Base DN Authentication Type Plain Text Zl Plain Text NTLM Modify the following fields Table 11 Directory Services Configuration ee Ce eens Connect to the Select this check box to enable or disable the Enterprise Active Directory feature Directory Server IP Address or DNS Enter the IP address or DNS name of the Name Enterprise Directory Server Active Directory Search Base DN Enter the starting point when searching for User and Group information in the Active Directory For example if the Domain Name is mainoffice bigcorp com uk The entry in this field should be CN Users DC mainoffice DC bigcorp D C come DC uk wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Table 11 Directory Services Configuration Continued a Authentication Select the Authentication Type from the Type drop down menu e Plain Text e NTLM 3 Click the Role Mapping tab The Directory Services Role Mapping dialog box is displayed gt Configuration gt Role Mapping Authorization Level to Directory Role Mapping Se
248. ration gt Software Management gt Software Download 4 Browse to the Install Path selecting the Version 5 0 2xx bin file in the folder where Version 5 0 2 is saved and click Install At the end of the installation process the system displays an indication that the software was successfully downloaded and that a new activation key is required Click Close to close the Install Software dialog box When prompted whether to reset the MCU click Yes to reset the MCU At the end of the installation process the system displays an indication that the software was successfully downloaded The upgrade procedure takes about 30 minutes during which time an Active Alarm System Upgrade is displayed The RMX resets itself during the upgrade process and connection to the RMX Web Client may be lost If the workstation is logged in to the RMX Web Client during the resets the MCU State indicator at the bottom right corner of the RMX Web Client screen indicates STARTUP 7 After about 30 minutes close and reopen the browser and connect to the RMX If the browser was not closed and reopened the following error message is displayed Browser environment error Please reopen the browser The version number in the Welcome screen has changed to 5 0 2 A sWelcometal eit ore User Name Login Password Version Number nx v5 02 logn 8 Inthe RMX Web Client Welcome screen enter your User Name and Password and click
249. rd into the RMX s USB Port causing it to exit Ultra Secure Mode and return to Factory Security Defaults mode After performing this procedure Logins to the RMX use the http command and not the https command or e Inserting a USB key containing a file named Restore FactorySecurityDefaults To restore the RMX to Factory Security Defaults 1 Insert a USB device or a USB key containing a file named RestoreFactorySecurityDefaults into the USB port of the RMX Power the RMX Off and then On Login using http lt Control Unit IP Address gt Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults Inserting a USB key containing a file named RestoreToFactoryDefault and a lan cfg file will cause the RMX to exit Secure Mode and perform a Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults For more information see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults Procedure on page 4 4 93 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM V 35 Gateway Tab in IP Network Service Dialog Box The IP Network Service dialog box for each IP Network Service has a new tab V 35 Gateway enabling the administrator to add the gateway to a new or existing IP Network Service IP2 Properties gt Networking gt IP Network Service Name IP2 gt Routers IP Network Type H 323 amp SIP bd gt DNS gt Conferencing gt Gatekeeper
250. re Recovery MPM card Procedure is performed while the while the RMX is in Ultra system is Secure Mode running Unified When connecting from a Communication MOC endpoint using the Solution link sent in the meeting invitation to an ongoing conference that was scheduled via the Polycom add in for Microsoft Outlook on the RMX 4000 standalone with Gathering and Recording enabled the conference is not started as a Meeting Room Conference Reservation or ongoing conference with the same name already exist in the MCU 253 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations rae Detected 4 6 Upgrade After upgrading the system V4 Process from version 5 0 to version 4 6 the Users list is deleted and the default POLYCOM User is created For security reasons it is recommended to delete this User and create your own User V6 0 Upgrade After software Upgrade is Process completed an Active Alarm Connection to Exchange Server failed appears in the Alarms List on the RMX4000 Upgrade When upgrading RMX4000 Process MPM from version 6 0 0 105 to version 7 0 0 91 the fault Card voltage problem is displayed for all installed cards Upgrade When upgrading RMX4000 Process MP M from version 6 0 0 105 to version 7 0 0 91 the Fabric Switch name is missing from the Hardware Monitor Upgrade When upgrading RMX40
251. re the password is due to expire The MIN_PWD_CHANGE_FREQUENCY_IN_DAYS System Flag does not effect application user accounts Applications typically manage their own password change frequency If an application user identifies itself with an incorrect FQDN its account will not be locked however the event is written to the Auditor Event File If an application user identifies itself with a correct FQDN and an incorrect password its account will be locked and the event written to the Auditor Event File An application user cannot be the last administrator in the system The last administrator must be regular user Monitoring An application user and it s connection is represented by a specific icon Active Directory When working with Active Directory CMA and DMA cannot be registered within Active Directory as regular users CMA and DMA application users must be registered manually The only restriction is that TLS mode is enabled together with client certificate validation If the above configuration are set off it will not be possible to add machine accounts When setting the TLS mode off the system should check the existence of a machine account and block this operation until all machine accounts are removed When defining a new user as described in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Adding a New User on page 13 3 1 2 In the User Properties dialog box select the Associate with a machine check box Ent
252. reased resource capacity e New Symmetric HD Video resolutions 720p60 amp HD1080p30 fps e Support for H 264 High Profile Two types of MPMx cards are available e MPMx S Single e MPMx D Double The following table lists the changes in Version 7 5 0 to support the new MPMx card Table 2 MPMx Card Additions to Version 7 5 0 J 1 General Card Configuration A new Card Configuration Mode MPMx Mode has been added to support the new media card General Hardware Monitor The status and properties of the MPMx card can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list pane General Video Voice Port The Resource slider s in the Video Configuration Voice Port Configuration dialog box reflect the MPMx card capacities General Resource Report The resource report reflects the MPMx card capacities General Port Gauges The Video Voice Port gauges reflect the MPMkx card capacities wy POLYCOM Version 7 5 0 J New Security Features Version 7 5 0 J New Security Features The following table lists the new features in Version 7 5 0 J Table 3 New Features List 1 General Direct Connection to Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW Security Machine Account Active Directory Multiple Networks Antivirus Information Collector NIDS To meet UC APL Public Key Infrastructure PKI requirements the Serial Gateway S4GW is connected directly to the RMX and not to the H 323 network A new System Flag V35_ULTRA _SECU
253. redundant check box next to the routing name field 218 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations ree Detected V7 0 103 General VNGR Onan RMX 2000 with 16793 MPM start an 4096Kbps 1x1 Layout conference from a template with Encryption LPR Auto Termination Sharpness Same Layout Audio Clarity enabled an mcu internal problem 32212 message appears in conference properties connection status tab 104 General VNGR On an RMX 2000 with 2 16861 MPM 80 and 2 RTM ISDN Cards 5 T1 PRI connecting to each RTM ISDN card only 70 CIF dial out endpoints can connect to the 128 Kbps conference General VNGR MCU INTERNAL fault 16865 received on RMX 1500 Unitld 20 board 1 didn t return ACK for H323_RTP_UPDATE_PO RT_OPEN_CHANNEL_RE Q General VNGR Log Analyzer output from 16890 RMX 1500 2000 with MPMx contains numerous CRT ART errors General VNGR When a H 323 call is 16934 released without lobby conn_id parameter call memory is possibly not released 106 General VNGR In 384kbps conference on 16871 RMX with MPMx HDX endpoint s Used Call Rate is approximately 100kbps lower than expected 109 General VNGR On both the RMX 2000 17009 4000 when running conference on an MPMx card with a minimum of 8 participants and viewing content the conference terminates due an MPMx disconnection 219 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes
254. reflected in the port gauges displayed on the RMX management application s main screen In Multiple Networks mode the overall resources as configured in the Video Voice Port Configuration are divided between the Network Services However the port gauges do not reflect the resource availability per Network Service Fixed and Flexible Resource Allocation Mode On RMX 2000 4000 resources are divided between services according to the number of media cards associated with each service and the card assembly type for example MPM 40 vs MPM 80 If two identical media cards are installed in the system and each card is assigned to a different Network Service the resources are split between the services If two cards are installed but each card is of different assembly type the resources are allocated according to the card capacity ratio For example in a system with one MPM 40 and one MPM 80 the capacity ratio is 1 to 2 therefore a third of the resources will be assigned to the network service associated with MPM 40 and two thirds will be assigned to the Network Service associated with MPM 80 On RMX 1500 and RMX 2000 4000 with two Network Services associated with one media card the resources of the two Network Services associated with one media card are not split between the network services In such a case resources are used per their availability by both Network Services equally On RMX 2000 if RTM ISDN is installed and used for Multiple Se
255. rn like sound heard for several minutes on HDX4000 endpoint connected to RMX 4000 with MPM via DMA Meeting Room i i o ER 203 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Audio VNGR On RMX with MPMx using 16919 H 323 with HDX endpoint sites do receive Siren14 instead of Siren22 Stereo audio algorithm 6Mbps VSW conferences Audio VNGR On RMX 1500 running 16935 384kbps conference an endpoint connected with FORCE_MEDIA_ASIRE N14_24K or FORCE_MEDIA_ASIRE N14_32K connects with a SIREN14_48K audio algorithm An endpoint connected without force connects using G 711 audio algorithm Audio VNGR Received audio volume of PSTN audio only participants is approximately three times lower than that received by video participants 10 Audio VNGR Onan RMX 4000 with 17070 MPM cards when running a 512 Kbps conference with mixed HDX 8000 and VSX 3000 endpoints audio cuts ON and OFF 11 Audio VNGR When dialing in from 17320 several endpoints to a Meeting Room started by the DMA audio was lost for several seconds on the HDX9006 endpoint 12 Audio VNGR Loss of audio for 2 3 17471 seconds or bursts of static noise on HDX6000 endpoint in calls dialed via DMA to RMX4000 running V7 0 1 16 with 4 MPM 80 cards 204 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitat
256. rocess the Install Software dialog box indicates that the installed software is being checked The system then displays an indication that the software was successfully downloaded and that a new activation key is required On the RMX 2000 4000 menu click Setup gt Product Activation wy POLYCOM 8 Version 7 5 0 J Upgrade Procedure The Product Activation dialog box is displayed with the serial number field completed Product Activation Online Registration Click the PolycomResource Center button to register your product and retrieve the Activation Key Serial Number R2090520006 Activation Key X346 9EAF D1A0 0007 0006 In the Activation Key field enter or paste the Product Activation Key obtained earlier and click the OK button At the end of the Product Activation process the system displays an indication that the Product Activation Key was successfully installed When prompted whether to reset the RMX click Yes to reset the RMX a case you can try to connect to the MCU via the Shelf Management and reset the MCU from Sometimes when upgrading from version 5 0 2 to version 7 0 x the reset process fails In such the Hardware Monitor or you can hard reset the MCU by turning the Power off and on again 9 10 13 14 When prompted to wait while the RMX resets click OK The upgrade procedure takes approximately 30 minutes Connection to the RMX is terminated and you are
257. rom any workstation having a valid certificate while application users representing applications can only connect from specific servers This policy ensures that a regular user cannot impersonate an application user to gain access to the RMX in order to initiate an attack that would result in a Denial of Service DoS to the impersonated application A check box Associate with a machine and a new field FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name have been added to the User Properties dialog box UserProperties User Name Password l4 Authorization Level Operator JV Associate with machine FQDN The connection process for an application user connecting to the RMX is as follows 1 The application user sends a connection request including its TLS certificate to the RMX 2 The RMX searches its records to find the FQDN that is associated with the application user s name 3 If the FQDN in the received certificate matches that associated with application user and the password is correct the connection proceeds Guidelines e Application users are only supported when TLS security is enabled and Request peer certificate is selected TLS security cannot be disabled until all application user accounts have been deleted from the system e For Secure Communications an administrator must set up on the RMX system a machine account for the CMA system with which it interacts This machine account must include a ful
258. rom version 7 0 1 16 to version 7 0 2 64 the MPM card appears to be in normal state in the Hardware Monitor but with no available units The status LED on the card is green as in normal status The upgrade procedure takes longer to complete and until it does the audio controller units cannot be used 256 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Upgrade Create conference set to Process Video High Profile and connect Durango endpoints the Durango and HDX8000 Video preview is in a green color j In a 4Mb conference setto V4 0 1 Sharpness and the IVR Welcome Message enable video appears in a 4x3 format Disable IVR Welcome message and the video appears in 6x9 format When the video from an V4 1 endpoint is blocked inconsistent video resolution settings are implemented Legacy endpoints receive V4 1 Content in 1 7 layout with black stripes on the sides for aspect ratio fitting selecting a different layout using Click amp View causes the black stripes to disappear In a 2 Mb Video Switched V5 0 0 conference with 10 or more H 323 endpoints connected random video refreshes may occur In aconference running at V5 0 0 a line rate of 384 Kbps with AES and LPR enabled calls connect using the H 263 instead of the H 264 video protocol Video display freezes momentarily with every speaker or layout change in a conference with HDX a
259. rticipant s properties and makes them available for pasting The participant is deleted from his her current conference To cut a participant 2 Participants amp gt Ha GO B eo H F il Name Status Role IP Address Pho Ali SUPPORT_1275978809 3 participants ex Sally Conn 192 33 45 68 Ja p Disconnect Participant ja Delete Participant D v a A W Ask ror RCV XMT u Cut Participant P Ms articipant Properties In the Participants List pane right click the participant you want to cut In the drop down menu select Cut Participant 125 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 126 Sa POLYCOM Paste Participant The Paste command connects the copied or cut participant to the selected conference If the participant was copied he she should be deleted from the conference he she was copied from unless it is required that the participant is connected to two or more conferences There are endpoints that permit a participant to be connected to multiple conferences To paste a participant 1 Inthe Conferences List pane click the conference you want to paste the copied cut participant into 2 Right click in the Participants List pane of the selected conference and in the drop down menu select Paste Participant or If you are using the RMX Manager and you want to paste the participant to a conference to
260. rvices configuration only one Network Service can be defined per media card In Fixed Resource Allocation Mode if the resources cannot be divided into whole numbers they will be rounded up to the nearest whole number assigning that resource to the Network Service with the higher capacity i e more media cards or media cards with higher capacity due to a different card assembly First Time Installation and Configuration 64 First Time Installation and Configuration of the RMX 1500 2000 4000 consists of the following procedures 1 Preparations Gather Network Equipment and Address Information get the information needed for integrating the RMX into the local network for each of the networks that will be connected to the RMX unit For a list of required wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features address see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Procedure 2 Gather Network Equipment and Address Information on page 1 11 Hardware Installation and Setup Mount the RMX in a rack For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Procedure 1 Hardware Installation and Setup on page 1 3 Connect the necessary cables For details see RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Cabling the RMX 2000 4000 on page 1 6 First Entry Power up and Configuration Power up the RMX For more de
261. s Conferencing Capacities The following table summarizes the different conferencing capacities Table 1 1 System Functions and Capacities RMX 1500 Hocrun entore veo peeps nacorownes 80 31 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 32 Sa POLYCOM Table 1 1 System Functions and Capacities RMX 1500 System Functions Maximum number of Fault Files Number of Participant alerts 20 Maximum number of concurrent RMX Web Client connections to the MCU Maximum number of Users Maximum number Address Book entries Maximum number of gateway profiles 4 0 Maximum number of Reservations Internal Scheduler 2000 Resource Capacities The following table summarizes the resource capacities according to audio video and video resolutions in CP conferences Table 1 2 System Resource Capacities per Audio or Video and Resolution in CP Conferences Audio Video and Resolution ISDN 60 128 Kbps 4 E1 T1 SD 4CIF H 264 1080p30fps 720p60 15 Symmetric The following table summarizes the resource capacities according to line rates in VSW conferences as line rates are deciding factor Table 1 3 System Resource Capacities per Line Rate in VSW conferences Audio Video and Resolution RMX 1500 MPMx Resources wy POLYCOM Detailed Description RMX 1500 Network Connectivity On the RMX 1500 Media and Signaling are on the same network but have separate IP addresses
262. s Therefore normal Entry Queues must be defined separately Operator Assistance must be disabled in the IVR Service assigned to this Entry Queue e Only the conference ID prompts should be configured Other prompts are not supported in IVR Service Provider Only configuration e PSTN ISDN H 323 calls to this Entry Queue are rejected e The DMA must be configured to locate the IVR Service Provider Only Entry Queue on the RMX To locate the Entry Queue the DMA requires the Entry Queue s ID number and the RMX Central Signaling IP address xxx xx xxx xx RMX Configuration Entry Queue IVR Service If required create a special Entry Queue IVR Service in which the Operator Assistance option is disabled and only the Conference ID prompts are enabled 147 ay POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Entry Queue gt gt Inthe New Entry Queue dialog box select IVR Service Provider Only New Entry Queue Display Name SUPPORT_2062483538 Routing Name O O Profile Factory_Video_Profile Ad ID a Entry Queue IVR Service Enty Queue IVR Service v Cascade Nne e I Enable ISDN PSTN Dial in ISDN PSTN Network Service Dial in Number 1 Dial in Number 2 Enter the Entry Queue ID that will be used by the DMA to forward the SIP calls to this Entry Queue Select the special Entry Queue IVR Service if one was created A
263. s 12052010 _files B InternalConfig ed xml w e CEUS File name IntemalContigSet_Customized xml x Opn ba Files of type import File xml X Cancel Select the XML file previously save and click the Open button The selected file path is displayed in the Import Path box Click OK to import the file 143 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM Automatic Password Generation 144 The RMX can be configured to automatically generate conference and chairperson passwords when the Conference Password and Chairperson Password fields are left blank Guidelines If the flag HIDELCONFERENCE_PASSWORD is set to YES the automatic generation of passwords both conference and chairperson passwords is disabled regardless of the settings of the flags NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_LEN and NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_ DEFAULT _LEN The automatic generation of conference passwords is enabled disabled by the flag NUMERIC_CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_LEN The automatic generation of chairperson passwords is enabled disabled by the flag NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS_ DEFAULT _LEN The automatically generated passwords will be numeric and random The passwords are automatically assigned to ongoing conferences Meeting Rooms and Reservations at the end of the creation process once they are added to the RMX Automatically assigned passwords can be manually changed through the Conference Meet
264. s for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 3 Inthe Channel Info field select Audio In or Audio Out to display the audio parameters minot HDX4000 Properties Ch Aud Ee RMX IP Address foz 150 74 49176 Participant IP Address i72 22 124 153 49290 ICE RMX IP Address CE Participant IP Address Media Info Field Algorithm siren225_128k FramePer 2 4 Click the OK button 106 wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features H 264 High Profile The H 264 High Profile is a new addition to the H 264 video protocol suite It uses the most efficient video data compression algorithms to reduce bandwidth requirements for video data streams Video quality is maintained at bit rates that are 20 to 30 lower than previously required For example a 832kbps call will have the video quality of a 1Mbps HD call while a 1Mbps HD call has higher video quality at the same 1Mbps bit rate Guidelines e H 264 High Profile is supported with MPMx cards only e H 264 High Profile is supported in H 323 SIP and ISDN networking environments e H 264 High Profile is supported in Continuous Presence conferences at all bit rates video resolutions and layouts e H 264 High Profile is the first protocol declared by the RMX to ensure that endpoints that support the protocol will connect using it e For monitoring purposes the RMX and endpoint H 264 High Profile capability is listed in the Participant Prop
265. s you have visited Form data Saved information that you have typed into forms Passwords Saved passwords that are automatically filled in when you sign in to a website you ve previously visited InPrivate Filtering data Saved data used by InPrivate Filtering to detect where websites may be automatically sharing details about your visit About deleting browsing history 6 Select the Temporary Internet files and Cookies check boxes 7 Click the Delete button 18 wy POLYCOM The Delete Browsing History dialog box closes and the files are deleted In the Internet Options dialog box click the Settings button The Temporary Internet Files and History Settings dialog box is displayed Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Home page AJ To create home page tabs type each address on its own line Use current _ Use default Use blank Browsing history and web form information Search g Delete temporary fles history cookies saved passwords El Delete browsing history on exit p Change search defaults Tabs Appearance t Change how webpages are displayed in Settings Colors _ Languages Click the View objects button The Downloaded Program Files folder containing the installed Program Files is displayed Tg 250
266. seees 26 Upgrade from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 s ssssssssssersesisssssserieriesrssresresrerresress 28 Upgrading from Versions 5 1 0 G to Version 7 5 0 sessssessssssesisrissrssesiesrerresrrssesnen 28 Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 1 0 G to Version 5 0 2 oo 28 Intermediate Upgrade from Version 5 0 2 to Version 7 0 2 oo 29 Upgrade from Version 7 0 2 to Version 7 5 0 ccccsessescsessseesesceesescscsrseseeesees 29 Detailed Description RMX 1500 ccccccssssessneeceeeeeeeeeseseeceeeeeeeeneeseeeeenenees 31 Card Configuration Mode ccciccvsisssiesstsecestucspseniesevsebevestasdesatervessevedenaqsdenenstvavesviaess 31 System Capacities sgrnan ai E T A E RER E A E ats 31 Conferencing Capachttes sristi R EAS 31 Kesoue Capace ao i a T A EE E 32 Network Connectivity seeren e E a e 33 Hardware Monitoring ssixsscicises cissstassesees aonateae chaste er EEE ENE 33 Hardware Monitor Slot Components s sseseesesessesesresrssererrererrererrereresresres 34 RMX 1000 Properties serene ii a A A 35 CNEL 1500 Properties serecrerarter itiiti tirinn OEEO 35 RIM IP 1500 Properties iini e a E R NRN 35 LAN Unit List Properties sosnierieritriiiri titenin Ena E r EE 36 Backplane 1500 Properties snocicceneniiicriiciceinncinenie cians 36 Hardware Monitor Component Diagnostics ss ssessssssesissresrisressesresrisresreesrerees 36 Video Voice Port Configuration and Resource Report Changes 8 37 RESOUTCE REPO sorei
267. sidiaries affiliates officers agents co branders customers suppliers or other partners and employees from any loss claim or demand including reasonable attorneys fees made by any third party due to or arising out of your use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT your connection to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or your violation of the Terms 9 DISCLAIMER Some countries states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of implied warranties or the limitation of incidental or consequential damages for certain products supplied to consumers or the limitation of liability for death or personal injury so the above limitations and exdusions may be limited in their application to you When the implied warranties are not allowed to be excluded in their entirety due to local law they will be limited to the duration of the applicable warranty 10 EXPORT CONTROLS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may be subject to export restrictions of various countries You shall fully comply with all applicable export license restrictions and requirements as well as with all laws and regulations relating to the importation of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in the United States and in any foreign jurisdiction in which the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is used Without limiting the foregoing the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be downloaded or otherwise exported or re exported i into orto a national or resident of any country to which the U S has embargoed goods ii any end user known
268. sion 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0 G Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G re es wn Cascade Site names are displayed incorrectly when connecting endpoints to a cascaded conference that is already connected by the cascaded link Content In a 768 Kbps conference with Content amp H 264 HDX and VSX endpoints video rates were not increased after Content was terminated in the conference Content Legacy endpoints do not return to conference 12342 2283 layout after Content is stopped Encryption H 320 FX endpoint does not connect to the 12212 conference when encryption is turned on Gateway When an IP participant dials the Gateway Profile 13334 12881 on RMX A and enter a destination conference ID of VWNGFE a conference running on RMX B the participant 2377 connects correctly to the second RMX but the site name displays the name of RMX A instead of the endpoint name General RMX is showing Overflow in output as the hard 13607 drive is not recognized by the controller VNGFE 2497 7 General Restore Factory Defaults dialog box is translated 12690 incorrectly in Japanese VNGBE 810 General When connecting to RMX 4000 default MCU 12689 Display Name is POLYCOM RMX 2000 instead of VNGBE 811 RMX 4000 General Sometimes endpoints fail to connect to a 12618 conference after modifying the Profile assigned to VNGBE 784 that conference and a major alert Power off is displayed General When logged in t
269. solution Endpoints connecting at line rates between 1024kbps and 1920kbps that would have connected at HD 720p30 resolution will instead connect at SD 30 resolution Each of the affected endpoints will connect at lower resolution but will use 1 5 system resources instead of 3 system resources e Moving the HD1080p30 resolution slider from 4096kbps to 2560kbps decreases the minimum connection threshold line rate for that resolution Endpoints connecting at line rates between 2560kbps and 4096kbps that would have connected at HD 720p30 resolution will instead connect at HD 1080p30 resolution Each of the affected endpoints will connect at higher resolution but will use 6 system resources instead of 3 system resources 133 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Sa POLYCOM Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPMx Card Configuration Mode 134 The Resolution Configuration Basic Configuration dialog box is the first dialog box displayed when the RMX is in MPMx Card Configuration Mode Clicking the Detailed Configuration button toggles the display of the Detailed Configuration pane which displays sliders for modifying minimum connection threshold line rates for endpoints that support H 264 Base Profile or High Profile The Detailed Configuration pane can also be opened by clicking the Manual radio button in the Resolution Configuration pane Sharpness and Motion settings are accessed by c
270. splayed 388 Video VNGR 16724 389 Video VNGR 16725 Video VNGR 16782 Video VNGR 16796 Video VNGR 16812 Video VNGR 16858 Blinking video occurs during ISDN blast dial out at 384kbps on RMX 2000 with MPMx On an RMX 1500 when adding 45 VSX and V500 endpoints to a 348 Kbps CIF CP conference with Motion Echo Suppression and Auto Layout enabled VSX8000 endpoints connect using incorrect resolutions and video stills are encountered On RMX with MPMx Intra request from endpoint connected via H 264 CIF stream can sometimes take almost 1 second to be answered When connecting 15 PVX HDX VSX 3000 7000 CMAD endpoints to a 2Mb HD720p conference with IVR Gathering High Profiles and Audio Clarity enabled running on an RMX 1500 changing the conference layout from 1x1 to 4x4 10 results in brief video freezes When connecting to 10 HDXs to a 4096Kbps conference with Encryption LPR Auto Termination Sharpness Auto Brightness Audio Clarity and a 1x1 conference Layout enabled running on an RMX2000 with MPM cards the Welcome screen on one of the endpoints is partially fuzzy i _ o EN ER V7 0 261 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Video VNGR When connecting HDX amp 16880 VSX endpoints to a mixed ISDN amp IP 4096Kbps conference with Auto Terminate Encrypt
271. srenresresses 123 Giving Token Ownership esnan rnei ie nre a R EEE 123 Cancelling Token Ownership s ssssssessssrssssresresrerresresresrenresrrsnrsneesreneenrsnnene 124 Copy Cut and Paste Participant 00 ccc cs ceeseeeseececesscsnesesssssesesesesesseeeesenenees 125 COpy Participant seesinane nienia na a a E 125 Cut Participan eiia n E AR TO 125 Paste Patticipant errian an NEE ER 126 Paste Participant AS ucisiierritkiiiitriari erri EEPE EEE ENE EEEE EE 126 Copy and Paste Comference saiisine ise iosia a EAEE E EENEN 128 Copy COmPereMCe iens ernie nE nr EEE vera EREE 128 Paste Comberence emona n E E S 128 Paste Conterenc AS eresiaren oesi eeii ii 129 Resolution Configuration essiri aa E 130 GGUTA SITES s aoei A E 130 Accessing the Resolution Configuration dialog box oo eee 130 Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPM Card Co fig ration Mode 5 ccsczessscssdevessnsissensssbeseaescieeadssoxseshendbonovedondenisvonsnveheceesiaendsienss 131 Max Resolution Pane ss cscscsissesscacsessensoscsvessnscdecsonasecdsssonnes erositi E iea 131 Limiting Maximum Resolution s ssssssessesessesseesiesreresresresresresrrsresresresresresres 131 Resolution Configuration Pane s se sessesessessseriresresreesresierresrenresrenresresresres 132 Sharpness and Motion Resolution Slider Panes s ssesseseeresessereerreeeresrerees 132 Modifying the Resolution Configuration in MPMx Card Combi guration Mode esie S ar E AE a co
272. swords ccceesssssesesesesseeeeceeseeeteeaescneeeecsenees 92 USB Restore to Default si sicisis citsaciornsds n ER ETs 93 Restore to Factory Security Defaults occ cseeesesesceesesesescsesesesescseseneseseecees 93 Comprehensive Restore to Factory Defaults 0 00 cece ceeseeeeeeceeseeees 93 V 35 Gateway Tab in IP Network Service Dialog BOX c cceeccsceeesseessseteseseees 94 Additional Log EVES 35 ci2 5sicedbeeceisesiesossserstvqnsedesdie cnsstendisasatiesiivendsleciisacederssieentsloediees 94 Detailed Description New Features sccccccssseeeseneeeeeeseeeeesneeeeeeeeenes 95 Gathering Phase ti eccesscivcs sca ccosiatstsstensescoupsedsiedaasstvias donna tvebedasnatscnrsavesevenesnippevesniniseanetatiinves 95 Gathering Phase Guidelines cesses eecscseseseececeeanaeseececsnansneseesnes 95 Gathering Phase Duration ssnsineessireeero in a EE EE 96 Enabling the Gathering Phase Display sss ss sssssssssesisseesresresrerresrnsresresreseess 97 Monitoring Gathering enabled Conferences ss ssssssssissessessiesiertssresiesrerresress 100 Auto Brig MNES S arreen nE EE e E N N E EO 101 G idelines iiiar rar eE A EE EEE R A AE 101 Andi Clarity sacscss sss cbvesestastonesssieiibveesoiseipeevecenssesasstssnibeonssdandssenadosbeacetsdes stvenbstee tvaenvenssias 102 GUISES assests ciscshesteclscasessesetiveecdesseavsevseedausvetsesceesbeisbavesgesutead sndsaxeutaevevevessbeney 102 Packet Loss Concealment PLC for Audio wo ecsseseecseseeensesee
273. system Table 3 Active Alarm Virus scan in progress Invalid DAT virus database file A virus threat has been detected Virus scan has been terminated by time out Antivirus initial DAT files are outdated and must be updated Logger File Additions Antivirus Active Alarms RMX system is running a virus scan The DAT file downloaded onto the system is corrupt or invalid Upload the file again A virus has been detected on the RMX The Virus scan was terminated by a time out on the RMX system The Antivirus initial DAT files are outdated and must be updated on the RMX system New antivirus statuses have been added to registry of the Logger Utility The following new antivirus statuses are written to the logger file e Scan start e Scanend Scan schedule e Scan schedule change e Virus found e DAT file update e Any Antivirus alert 85 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM Direct Connection to Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW 86 UC APL Public Key Infrastructure PKI requires that the Serial Gateway S4GW be connected directly to the RMX and not to the H 323 network The Serial Gateway effectively becomes an additional module of the RMX with all web and H 323 traffic passing through the RMX PRI or BRI ISDN PRI T1 E1 ISDN PRI or BRI RMX Serial Gateway IP Management HTTPS RMX 1500 2000 4000 IP Swi
274. t 44 MPMx Hardware Monitoring cece cs cseseseseececeesnseecececesansnesesesenananeceans 45 MPMx Hardware Diagnostics ccceesesesecseseseescscseseseseecsceesnseesecsestananeees 45 Video Voice Port Configuration c ccc ccceeeseecsceeseseesececetarseetesesenananenesens 45 MPM Resource Report rerai ana a E EE 46 Port Gape Serieen irea se e itive titers nage E ie tle EEVEE 46 Detailed Description New Security Features cccsssseeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 47 PKI Public Key Infrastructure ssrsssniciinssiieniiinianinani ia 47 Unique Certificates for all Networked Entities 0 cesses ensseeseeeseseneeeeees 47 Offline Certificate Validation sisissiniisssisinirsrisieiiseiiisessresiesirstrerorseriteessienisienizisne 48 Peer Certificates criss s saisse caesesiess ainiaan R E 48 Self Validation Of Certificates c cccccscccssvetsscssssoncessossscsonchsnetsspecnenstsvpeceonotonpe coos 48 Certificate Revocation List isc ccccsccsssessesvieesssscssvessnnseoseonsststvessvsnsstvessvoesstvevesoes 48 Installing and Using Certificates on the RMX ou eee sees ee eenenseeneneteeneees 48 Default Management Network oo cece esesseseeesessesesesesssssesesesesessseseseseseseseseees 49 Enabling Peer Certificate Requests cccsesesssseeseeeeseseseeneneseseseeeetsseeeeenenss 49 Default IP Network Service ss cssicssissessessssssesseesssantiosesssansiesssdsantieaoassossbeneisenssbonevesosiy 50 Managing Certificates in the Certification Repository
275. t a directory role for at least one RMX authorization level Administrator Operator Chairperson Auditor Each of the RMX user types Administrator Auditor Operator and Chairperson can be mapped to only one Active Directory Group or Role according to the customer s specific implementation In Ultra Secure Mode there are only two user types Operator and Administrator An RMX user that belongs to multiple Active Directory Groups is assigned to the Group with the least privileges 4 Map the RMX User Types to their Active Directory roles by modifying the following fields Table 12 Directory Services Role Mapping Administrator Operator At least one of these User Types must be mapped to an Active Directory Role Chairperson Auditor 5 Click OK 61 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Multiple Networks 4 SIP is not supported in Ultra Secure Mode a POLYCOM Media signaling and Management networks can be physically separated on the RMX system to provide enhanced security This addresses the requirement in an organization that different groups of participants be supported on different networks For example some participants may be internal to the organization while others are external Up to eight media and signaling networks can be defined for RMX 4000 or four for RMX 2000 and two for RMX 1500 Multiple IP Network Services can be d
276. tails see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments First time Power up and Connection to MCU on page 1 15 Register the RMX For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Product Registration on page 1 14 Connect to the RMX For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments First time Power up and Connection to MCU on page 1 15 Configure the Default IP Network Service using the information for one of the networks connected a media card installed in the system For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Modifying the Signaling Network Service and ISDN PSTN Network Service Settings on page 1 22 Optional Configure the ISDN PSTN Network Service For more details see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Deployment Guide for Maximum Security Environments Modify the required System Flag to enable Multiple Services and reset the MCU Add the required IP Network Services to accommodate the networks connected to the RMX unit Select a Network Service to act as default for dial out and gateway calls for which the Network Service was not selected Place several calls and run conferences to ensure that the system is configured correctly Upgrading to Version 7 5 0 J and Multiple Services 1 Gather Network Equipment and Address Information for each
277. tch ia IP Switch IP H 323 L RMX Management Network HTTPS Management ER Endpoint Workstation RMX Management Network HTTPS Endpoint Figure 4 Network infrastructure with direct connection to Serial Gateway S4GW After initial setup the Serial Gateway is configured managed and monitored via the RMX Web Client RMX Manger For more information see Setting Up Your Polycom RMX Serial Gateway S4GW in the RMX Serial Gateway S4GW System User Guide Guidelines e The Serial Gateway is supported on RMX 1500 2000 4000 e Only one Serial Gateway can be connected directly to an RMX The Serial Gateway can be associated with only one Network Service e Although the Media and Signaling Network Service on the RMX can be configured for IPv6 addressing the Network Service assigned to the Serial Gateway can only support IPv4 addressing e The following System Flags must be set to YES ULTRA_SECURE_MODE V35_ULTRA_SECURED_SUPPORT e When connecting the Serial Gateway to an RMX 2000 Itis essential that an RTM LAN card is installed The Serial Gateway must be physical connected to the RTM LAN card LAN 1 port The SEPARATE_MANAGEMENT_NETWORK System Flag must be set to YES wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features The following System Flags must be set to NO MULTIPLE_SERVICES ENABLE_EPC If this System Flag doesn t exist it must be created If Content is to be s
278. ted can be different to that of the RMX Web Client used by the administrator to perform the configuration Content can be sent during the Gathering Phase The content is displayed in the large video window of the participant s layout while the Gathering slide is displayed in a smaller video window in the layout Content aly Gathering Slide Weekly Sales Meeting April 14 2010 Gathering Phase Duration The duration of the Gathering Phase can be customized by the administrator so that it is long enough to be viewed by most connected participants yet short enough so as not to over extend into the scheduled conferencing time The Gathering Phase duration is configured for the RMX by the following System Flags in system cfg using the Setup gt System Configuration menu CONF_GATHERING_DURATION_SECONDS Range 0 3600 seconds Default 180 seconds The Gathering Phase duration of the conference is measured from the scheduled start time of the conference wy POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Example If the value of the flag is set to 180 the Gathering slide is displayed for three minutes to all participants starting at the conference Start Time and ending three minutes after the conference Start Time For participants who connect before Start Time the Gathering slide is displayed from the time of connection until the end of the Gathering duration period e PARTY_GATHERING_DURATION_SECONDS Range 0 3600 se
279. ted rights in the content accessed through the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is the property of such content owner and may be protected by applicable law This Agreement gives you no rights in such content 27 Confidentiality The SOFTWARE PRODUCT contains valuable proprietary information and trade secrets of POLYCOM and its suppliers that remains the property of POLYCOM You shall protect the confidentiality of and avoid disclosure and unauthorized use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT 2 8 Dual Media Software You may receive the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in more than one medium Regardless of the type or size of medium you receive you may use only one medium that is appropriate for your single PRODUCT You maynotuse or install the other medium on another PRODUCT 29 Reservation of Rights POLYCOM and its suppliers reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE PRODUCT not expressly granted to you in this Agreement 2 10 Additional Obligations You are responsible for all equipment and any third party fees such as carner charges internetfees or provider or airtime charges necessary to access the SOFTWARE PRODUCT 2 11 Additional Software You may not install access or use any software on the PRODUCT unless such software was provided by or otherwise authonzed by POLYCOM POLYCOM may in its sole discretion and in accordance with this Agreement or other applicable licenses allow you to download and install certain support software on the PRODUCT such as anti virus software 2 12
280. that run 4 1 1 or conferences on RMX with later aversion earlier than 4 1 1 the audio endpoints fail to connect to these conferences Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability j Interoperability Interoperability A loud buzzing noise occurs when a Tandberg MXP endpoint connects to a conference using ISDN with AES encryption set to Auto 183 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun Interoperability In a conference running at V5 0 0 a line rate of 1920Kpbs with LPR and AES enabled H 320 Tandberg MXP dial in participants cannot connect and an assert appears Interoperability When sending content V3 0 0 from CMAD in a 384Kbps call changes in the video image are observed Occasionally problems are V5 0 0 encountered with the Gatekeeper and memory The process recovers seamlessly without effecting the overall experience On RMX 1500 running a V7 0 conference started from a conference profile when a Viewstation MP512 ISDN endpoint connects an error message appears Connected With Problem Video freezes on ISDN V7 0 endpoints in a fully loaded RMX 1500 when connecting disconnecting and reconnecting all the endpoints No Voice Activated V4 0 0 Switching when an ISDN Video participant is connected to a conference runn
281. the display name of VVX1500 175 VVX1500 176 endpoints the endpoints display only a number Interoperability In a 1920Kbps conference V7 0 with LPR enabled when connecting 3 HDX endpoints bad video appears 182 wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued A Detected Workaroun o cmogoy ey posenpton a gaan 75 Interoperability VSX6000 VSX3000 V4 0 1 endpoints receive incorrect protocol and format ina encrypted conference with LPR enabled Interoperability Interoperability Interoperability In a CP Conference with V4 1 the Video Quality set to Sharpness VSX6000 and V500 H 323 endpoints encounter video stills When endpoints connectto V4 1 a conference running on the RMX through the DMA the endpoints will see full screen 1x1 layout and not the conference layout Picture is horizontally V4 1 stretched on the ISDN endpoint behind Codian ISDN Gateway despite changing video display settings on the endpoint When lpower v6 2 0 1208 V4 0 1 connects to RMX V 4 1 with Siren 14 or G722 1 the audio is garbled chopped Garbled audio is heard or V4 1 audio is muted altogether when dialing from PVX to other endpoints via RMX version 4 1 A PVX endpoint V5 0 0 sometimes cannot receive H 239 content from an RMX 2000 When the RMX is used as Use RMX a gateway to route audio version calls to the DMA
282. the following 4 active alarm Active Alarms 1 Description 172 22 185 145 2 11 57 15 2010 General Major Insufficient resources Resource Insufficient resources Ignore this Active Alarm and complete this installation procedure The upgrade procedure takes approximately 20 minutes Connection to the RMX is terminated and you are prompted to reopen the browser POLYCOM RMX 2000 RMX is not responding please reopen the browser 10 Approximately 5 minutes after receiving this message close and reopen the browser 11 Enter the IP address of the RMX Control Unit in the browser s address line and press Enter to reconnect to RMX The browser displays a message indicating that it cannot display the requested page Address http 172 22 185 S0 EMA UIJEMA html ECACC POLYCOM RMX 2000 gt a TOT TTT ib artes a 12 Inthe RMX Web Client Welcome screen enter your User Name and Password and click Login 25 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Ol a POLYCOM In the Main Screen an MCU State indicator displays a progress indicator MStarting up 15 25 showing the time remaining until the system start up is complete If the default POLYCOM user is defined in the RMX Web Client an Active Alarm is created and the MCU status changes to MAJOR until a new Administrator user is created and the default user is del
283. to X I Same Layout Telepresence Layout Mode Continuous Presence x I auto Layout DA Manual Continuous Presence Room Switch oO E e ee The Telepresence Mode and Telepresence Layout Mode fields are only displayed if the RMX has a Telepresence license installed Automatic detection of Immersive Telepresence ITP Sites A Telepresence Mode drop down menu replaces the previous check box in the New Profile Video Settings dialog box containing the following options e Off e Auto Default e On ITP endpoints are automatically detected If ITP endpoints are detected ITP features are applied and the RMX sends conference video with the following options disabled e Borders e Site names e Speaker indication e Skins e Same Layout 151 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 152 a POLYCOM e Presentation Mode e Auto Layout e Lecture Mode Table 3 summarizes the Telepresence Mode options Table 3 Telepresence Mode Options Telepresence OFF When OFF is selected normal conference video is sent by the RMX AUTO Default When AUTO is selected and any ITP endpoints are detected ITP features are applied to the conference video for all participants When AUTO is selected the ITP features are dynamic If all ITP endpoints disconnect from the conference normal conference video is resumed for all participants ITP features are resumed for all
284. to paste the clipboard content into the Send Certificate dialog box c Click the Send Certificate button to send the certificate to the RMX 37 POLYCOM Detailed Description New Security Features Option Send Certificate File After you have received the certificate file from the Certificate Authority a Click Send Certificate File The Install File dialog box is displayed Certificate File Format PEM C DER C PKCSH7 P7B C PKCSH2 PFX File Types Instal Fie Proceed b Select the Certificate File Format PEM DER PKCS 7 P7B or PKCS 12PFX c Enter the certificate file name in the Install File field or click the Browse button The Open file dialog box is displayed The files are filtered according to the file type selected in Step b Look in E cens gt Ekcermnew1 cer Z dcernew2 cer MyRecent cermew cer Documents certnew_129_99 cer Elcertnew_ca cer File Types File name Files of type Certificate Authority files cer crt key pez d Enter the certificate file name in the File name field or click to select the certificate file entry in the list e Click the Open button f In the Install File dialog box click the Yes button to proceed The certificate is added to the Trusted Certificate List in the Certification Repository 3 If there are additional Trusted Certificates to be added to the Certification Repository repeat steps 1 2 otherwise click
285. trator s Guide Modifying System Flags on page 19 6 159 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Enabling the Audio Only Message 160 Conference IVR Service a POLYCOM The message file is added to the Conference IVR Service according to the procedure described in the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Defining a New Conference IVR Service on page 15 9 Conference TYR Service Properties m gt Global gt Welcome gt Conference Chairperson gt Conference Password Roll Call gt gt Video Services gt DTMF Codes gt Operator Assistance Conference IVR Service Name Name Message File Recording In Progress Recording Failed Recording_F Conference is Secured Conference is Locked Enter Destination ID Incorrect Destination ID Dial Tone Ringing Tone Cio Video Resources Audio Recording_in_Progress way Conference_Securedwav ConferenceisUnsecured Conference_Unsecuredway Conference_Locked way Participant_Help G_Video_Resources_Audio_Only wa ailed wav v 2 Add Message File Message Name wav File Name Entry Queue IVR Service A new dialog box tab General has been added to the Entry Queue IVR Service dialog box The message name and wav file name are added to the Entry Queue IVR Service in this dialog box The message file is added to the Entry Queue IVR Service in
286. ts Version 7 5 0 J a POLYCOM High Resolution Slide Enhancements 138 Conference and Entry Queue IVR Services now support customized high resolution slides in addition to the low and high resolution slides included in the default slide set Slides can be selected and previewed via the New Conference and New Entry Queue IVR Service dialog boxes Guidelines Two customized slides can be loaded per IVR Service A low resolution slide to be used with low resolution endpoints Ahigh resolution slide to be used with high resolution endpoints Table 10 summarizes the recommended input slide formats and the resulting slides that are generated Table 10 IVR Slide Input Output Formats Slide Resolution Generated Slides HD1080p 16 9 HD1080p or HD720p HD720p 16 9 ACIF 4 3 or CIF 4 3 The source images for the high resolution slides must be in bmp or jpg format If the uploaded slides are not of the exact SD or HD resolution an error message is displayed and the slides are automatically cropped If a slide that is selected in an IVR Service is deleted a warning is displayed listing the IVR Services in which it is selected If deleted it will be replaced with a default RMX slide The generated slides are not deleted if the system is downgraded to a lower software version The first custom source file uploaded whatever its format is used to generate both high and low resolution custom slides
287. tware you agree that the McAfee privacy policy as it exists at any relevanttime shall be applicable to you The mostcurrent privacy policy can be found on the McAfee web site www McAfee com By entering into this Agreement you agree to the transfer of your personal information to McAfee s offices in the United States and other countries outside of your own Collection of Certain System Information McAfee employs certain applications and tools through its website and within the McAfee Software to retrieve information about your computer system to assist us in the provision and support of McAfee Software that you have chosen to subscribe to or use This information is essential to enable us to provide you with quality service and up to the minute threat protection and forthese reasons there is no opt out available for this information collection Audit McAfee may at its expense and upon reasonable notice to you perform an audit of your compliance with the terms of this Agreement You understand and acknowledge that McAfee utilizes a a POLYCOM wy POLYCOM 11 12 End User License Agreement For Polycom Software number of methods to verify and supportthe McAfee Software licensed for use by its customers These methods may include technological features to prevent unauthorized use of the McAfee Software andto automatically reportinformation about and verification of your deployment of McAfee Software The information reported
288. tween different RMXs Once connected to the conference a special slide the Gathering Slide is displayed to connected participants until the conference starts The Gathering Slide displays live video along with information taken from the meeting invitation wy POLYCOM Table 5 New Features List Continued Card Category Feature Name Configura tion Mode General cont Resolution Configuration High Resolution Slide Enhancements Multiple Recording Links Auto Redial when Endpoint Drops Multi RMX Manager Export Import RMX Configuration Automatic Password Generation RMX as IVR Service Provider to DMA Version 7 5 0 J New Features Description The Resolution Configuration dialog box enables RMX administrators to override the predefined video resolution matrix Conference and Entry Queue IVR Services now support customized High Resolution Slides in addition to the low and high resolution slides included in the default slide set The Multiple Recording Links feature enables Conference Recording Links defined on the RMX to be associated with Virtual Recording Rooms VRR created and saved on the Polycom RSS 4000 Version 6 0 Recording And Streaming Server RSS Note Recording Links are not supported in Ultra Secure Mode The Auto Redialing option instructs the RMX to automatically redial P and S P participants that have been abnormally disconnected from the conference The RMX Manager
289. tween onamain federated sites when RMX domain or is not installed in the same federate the site as the OCS Pool sub domain Partners When resetting the RMX Microsoft after loading the certificate and registering the RMX with the OCS two active alarms appear SIP registration transport error and No response from Registration server Partners In ICE environment a Microsoft green overlay is displayed on top of one of the video layout in the Gathering slide when a dial out MOC or HDX endpoint connect to the conference Partners RMX does not identify the Microsoft OC 4 version Lync Server 2010 OCS W14 hence the wrong video settings are used 4CIF instead of CIF 245 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations Partners In an environment that V7 0 2 Microsoft includes the Microsoft Lync server and RMX 4000 MPM 80 with ICE enabled when the RMX dials out to two Lync clients with HDX connected the second Lync client is disconnected from the conference that is running at 384kbps with Encryption and LPR enabled due to a SIP HW internal MCU problem Partners In an environment that Microsoft includes the Microsoft Lync server and RMX 4000 MPM 80 with ICE enabled when the Lync client escalates to video after connecting as Audio Only to a Meeting Room that is running at 384kbps with Encryption and LP
290. twork the participant will not be able to connect If no Network is selected the system uses the IP Network Service selected for reserving the conference resources and if none is set for the conference it uses the Network Service set as default The IP Network Service is selected in the New Participant Advanced dialog box gt General gt Advanced Name gt Information Endpoint Website Video Bit Rate Auto Automatic Kbits sec Resolution hd Video Protocol Auto cz Broadcasting Volume frees Listening Volume RITE aS Encryption jw o Cascade None x M acc IP Network Service Default Service be 79 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 80 a POLYCOM Reserving Video Resources for a Conference When defining a new ongoing conference or a conference reservation you can select the Network Service that will be used to reserve the required resources If no Network Service is selected the default Network Service is used Therefore make sure that not all conferences are reserving resources from the same Network Service otherwise you may run out of resources for that Network Service The IP Network Service is selected in the New Conference New Meeting Room New Reservation General dialog box New Meeting Room p gt General gt Participants Display Name SUPPORT_552848286 Information 4 gt Duration 14 o0 I Permanent C
291. twork Service e You can also prevent dial in participants from connecting to that conferencing entities when connecting via a Network Service In the Accept Calls column clear the check box of the Network Service from which calls cannot connect to the conference 77 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Gateway Profiles S POLYCOM To enable the RMX to call the destination endpoint MCU via IP connection the Network Service for the call must be selected in the Gateway Profile dialog box The Network Service set as default is used if no other Network Service is selected If the same Network Service is used for H 323 and SIP calls the Network Service Environment must include both H 323 and SIP settings New Gateway Profile Display Name Routing Name Conference Profile ID Gateway Dial out Protocols SUPPORT_648944979 Factory_Video_Profile z H 323 SIP H 320 PSTN MVM VW WV Dial in Number 1 Dial in Number 2 i Use Dial In Numbers as Prefix Range Forward Prefix Number of Digits to Forward IP Network Service Default Service Enable ISDN PSTN Access ISDN PSTN Network Service Default Service a m m T Hardware Monitor 78 The Hardware Monitor pane includes the status of the LAN ports on the RTM LAN cards Slot Type Status Temperat Voltage eo RMX 4000 kai MPMX Normal
292. ty Environments Version 7 5 0 J Resource Report The resource capacity of RMX 1500 can be viewed in the Resource Report pane Resource Report x m Resources Graph Voice Video Occupied 0 Occupied 0 M Resources It reflects the MPMx card assembly type MPMx S and MPMx D and the Resource Allocation Mode Flexible or Fixed MCU Type Indication RMX 1500 Banner The RMX model RMX 2000 RMX 4000 RMX 1500 is indicated in the RMX Web Client banner and in the Welcome heading POLYCOM RMX 1500 meta Polycom RMX 1500 RMX Manager Application In the RMX Manager application the RMX 1500 is indicated in the MCU Type and the appropriate MCU icon is displayed when the RMX 1500 is defined i 5 38 3 POLYCOM Detailed Description RMX 1500 Network Service Changes Fast Configuration Wizard RMX 1500 The Fast Configuration Wizard IP Signaling tab is available on the RMX 1500 A single IP Address field for the MPMx media card is added to the IP Signaling Tab Network Service Name IP Network Service m Signaling Host IP Address IPv4 0 0 0 0 p Media Card 1 IP Address IPv4 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 39 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J S POLYCOM Detailed Description MPMx Media Card RMX Version 7 0 x supports the latest MPMx Media Processing Module card which
293. ty dialog box allows Maximum Resolution to be limited per conference The Resolution field in the New Participant Advanced dialog box allows Maximum Resolution to be further limited per participant endpoint New Prorile gt General wu ndvanced Display Name Factory Video_Profile e New Profile gt Gathering Settings Line Rate 384 Kbps v gt Video Settings as gt Audio Settings People Video Definition aly New Participant SHE Video Quality Sharpness z medi gt IVR gt Recording Max Resolution Auto v I Video Clarity I Auto Brightness New Participant Content Video Definition gt General tame a Content Settings gt Information Endpoint Website Content Protocol Video Bit Rate V Auto Kbits sec Resolution Video Protacol Auto m Broadcasting Volume Ennen S Listening Volume S Cascade None X V acc o cc The drop down menu in both the dialog boxes allow the administrator to select from the following Maximum Resolution options e Auto default The Maximum Resolution remains as selected in the Resolution Configuration dialog box CIF SD e HD720 e HD1080 The Maximum Resolution settings can be monitored in the Profile Properties Video Quality and Participant Properties Advanced dialog boxes The Maximum Resolution settings for conferences and participants cannot be changed during an ongoing conference
294. uMngrCPU board id was not received from ShelfManager is displayed General VNGR On an RMX 2000 with 15553 MPMx cards during startup a list of error appears General VNGR Numerous missing 15554 Japanese translations in the RMX Web Client General VNGR After creating a conference 15637 template with 6 participants when adding and removing participants to a conference the template does not update 67 General VNGR Primary and Secondary V6 0 15523 dial in numbers entered in the Polycom Conferencing Add in to Microsoft Outlook are always displayed on the Gathering slide during the gathering phase for reference even if the participant connected using the invitation link 213 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 214 a POLYCOM Table 8 Version 7 0 2 System Limitations camo Key Dosenpton BR Menara 71 General VNGR Incorrect disconnection V7 0 15718 cause after pulling LAN cable from RMX The endpoints reports that the call close normal 72 General VNGR In the Resolution 15737 Configuration Slider the CIF30 slider is absent from the Ul 73 General VNGR When downloading and 15746 installing version 7 0 the Download window lists version 6 0 General VNGR In a conference set to 15750 512kbps with Auto Layout enabled when starting PCM from several endpoints you will receive an Message Overlay no available PCM resources The m
295. use is prohibited and you may not install or use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and intemational copyright treaties as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed not sold to you and its use is subjectto the terms of this Agreement This is NOT a sale contract 1 GRANT OF LICENSE Subject to the terms of this Agreement POLYCOM grants to you a non exclusive non transferable except as set forth herein revocable license to install and use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT solely on the POLYCOM product with which this SOFTWARE PRODUCT is supplied the PRODUCT You may use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT only in connection with the use of the PRODUCT subject to the following terms and the proprietary notices labels or marks on the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or media upon which the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is provided You are not pemnitted to lease rent distribute or sublicense the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in whole or in part or to use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in a time sharing subscription service hosting or outsourcing arrangement or in any other unauthorized manner Further no license is granted to you in the human readable code of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT source code Except as expressly provided below this License Agreement does not grant you any rights to patents copyrights trade secrets trademarks or any other rights in respect to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT You are solely responsible for use of the PRODU
296. utes the ISDN endpoint views a black screen and the video frame rate is 0 Interoperability Blurred and highly color saturated video followed by a black screen is displayed on HDX ISDN endpoint connected to RMX 2000 with MPMx at 1152kbps F i E P ER V7 0 181 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun RMX with MPMx V7 0 connected via H 320 to Tandberg 6000 B endpoint is listed with Connected With Problem status Interoperability Loss of lip sync occurs on HDX8000 endpoint that dialed via DMA with higher line rate than the conference 512 to RMX2000 running V7 0 1 16 with 2 MPM 80 cards Interoperability An RMX 2000 running an V7 0 1920Kbps CP conference with LPR Gathering and Sharpness enabled when the RMX dials out to an H 323 HDX endpoint the HDX displays blue patchy video Interoperability CMAD negotiates G 711u V7 0 instead of G 719 when connecting to a conference running at a line rate of 64Kbps video quality is set to sharpness and auto layout is enabled Interoperability On RMX running H 323 V7 0 384kbps conference with MPM or MPMx with Send Content to Legacy Endpoints enabled When HDX9004 sends content iPower9000 endpoint receives content while FX endpoint does not Interoperability When using Japanese V7 0 characters in
297. vaeesasanen se 134 Sharpness and Motions ss cssdcecscs cavssddecresnegsiuces uevsdatoanessedeesevevssnetvenrieneeoess 134 Resolution Configuration Basic cc sce esescesesescseseseesesecesenseesenanes 135 Resolution Configuration Detailed ccceesesseeesesesesseeeseseeneeeteeeenenes 136 Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates occ eeeseseceeeeeeeesteenseeeeeeees 137 High Resolution Slide Enhancements ccccssesesssesseseseeseeeeessssseeneseseseseseeneeeeeenes 138 Gu eles pernome i K A E E E AEE ENEAN 138 Matiaging Custom Slides essasi iiini i 139 Adding Previewing and Selecting Custom Slides 00 0 cece 139 Auto Redial when Endpoint Drops wi esenseeeeeeeseeeeseseseseeseececaeeeeeseraeeeseanees 140 GUT SLIM SS es ss cdesoscovs ve setexstoxesostsnvneshivessdoasesestaun tenet EER RE ORN 140 Enabling Auto Redialine scsi cscvccseccssscesdvessussucewsnodscesdnsnsidsoes esnseoneesenedvesveseecuvotwtoes 140 Systemi BLA GS prorina eann ane RAER NERA 141 Multi RMX Manager Import Export RMX Manager Configuration 0 142 Automatic Password Generation ccceesseecsesssseesesesesesesesesesesesescscarsnseseecseaeananess 144 Guidelines piene e ireti TO EE Aa aE TIV AE ETE Eins 144 Enabling the Automatic Generation of Passwords cessseseseeeeeee 145 IVR Provider Entry Queue Shared Number Dialing 00 0 0 cece teeeseesereees 147 alll PLOW seisoessaan Lope szce is coesecces tonpadsene ted R EE E E 147
298. w Security Features The Service Configuration dialog box opens gt MCMS_PARAMETERS_USER gt CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS Flag Name Value Edit Flag Delete Flag New Flag All the flags must be manually added to this dialog box For a detailed description of the flags and how to add them see the RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags on page 19 21 Flags defined per Network Service override their general definition in the System Configuration The following flags can be defined per service ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_PARTY_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF SIP_ENABLE_FECC ENABLE_H239 SIP_LENABLE_FECC ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTION ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECORDING_LINK_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF NUMERIC_CONF_ID_LEN UMERIC_CONF_ID_MIN_LEN UMERIC_CONF_ID_MAX_LEN ENABLE_CASCADED_LINK_TO_JOIN_WITHOUT_PASSWORD MAX_CP_RESOLUTION QOs_IP_AUDIO QOS_IP_VIDEO ENABLE_CISCO_GK SIP_FREE_VIDEO_RESOURCES FORCE_CIF_PORT_ALLOCATION MS_ENVIRONMENT SIP_FAST_UPDATE_INTERVAL_ENV SIP_FAST_UPDATE_INTERVAL_EP H263_ANNEX_T H239_FORCE_CAPABILITIES MIX_LINK_ ENVIRONMENT IP_LINK_ENVIRONMENT FORCE_STATIC_MB_ENCODING FORCE_RESOLUTION SEND_WIDE_RES_TO_IP DISABLE_WIDE_RES_TO_SIP_DIAL_OUT N N 73 a POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J SEND_SIP_BUSY_UPONRESOURCE_ THRESHOLD 5 Click the Routers tab 6 Define the routers used in t
299. wy POLYCOM Corrections and Known Limitations Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued oe Detected Workaroun V7 0 107 Partners When using RMX with Microsoft MPM with ICE enabled in a Federation dialing configuration the Microsoft Office Communicator Client is disconnected Call Disconnection Cause is listed as sip hw internal MCU problem 0 108 Partners On RMX with MPMx Microsoft Microsoft Office Communicator Client connected at 384kbps doesn t recover and disconnects after Packet Loss after dial in MOC Client changes LAN configuration to 100 Half Duplex during ongoing conference On RMX 4000 with MPM PCM on certain H 323 endpoints does not respond to arrow keys encryption although the RSS v4 0 and above have an AES encryption option Reservations When the duration of an ongoing conference with an ISDN dial in number is set to one minute and auto extend is enabled the RMX may not detect a conflict in ISDN dial in number when placing a reservation on the RMX with an identical ISDN number In case of a dial in number conflict incoming calls are routed to the ongoing conference and not to the reserved meeting RMX 1500 On RMX 1500 Media port General is listed in the Ethernet Settings dialog box but not in the LAN List pane of the Hardware Monitor To 110 Recording Recording links on RMX 4 0 do not support AES 187 S POLYCOM RMX 1500
300. x cards only e Siren 22 and G 719 are supported in both mono and stereo e Stereo is supported in H 323 calls only e Siren 22 is supported by Polycom HDX endpoints Version 2 0 and later The Siren 22 and G 719 mono audio algorithms are supported at the following bit rates Table 3 Siren22 and G 719 Mono vs Bitrate Minimum Bitrate kb 128 Audio Algorithm Siren22 64k Siren22 48K Siren22_32k G 719 64k G 719 48k G 719 32k Siren22_48K Siren22_32k G 719_ 48k G 719_ 32k Siren22_32k G 719_ 32k S POLYCOM Detailed Description New Features Stereo The Siren 22Stereo and G 719Stereo audio algorithms are supported at the following bit rates Table 4 Siren22Stereo and G 719Stereo vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate kb Siren22Stereo_ 128k Siren22Stereo_96k G 719Stereo_128k G 719Stereo_96k G 719Stereo_64k Siren22Stereo_96k G 719Stereo_96k G 719Stereo_64k Siren22Stereo_64k G 719Stereo_64k Monitoring Participant Audio Properties The audio algorithm used by the participant s endpoint can be verified in the Participant Properties Channel Status dialog box To view the participant s properties during a conference 1 Inthe Participants list right click the desired participant and select Participant Properties 2 Click the Channel Status Advanced tab The Participant Properties Channel Status Advanced dialog box is displayed 105 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Note
301. y Dosenpton a aroun FX ISDN endpoints cannot connect to encrypted conferences 17 Encryption VNGR 12212 Gateway VNGR 16533 Gateway VNGR 16603 Gateway VNGR 12018 Intermittent blurred video or green blocks displayed on HDX H 320 call connected via 1024kbps Gateway call via RMX 2000 with MPMx When the endpoint that initiates a Gateway call disconnects the Gateway session is not terminated while others are still in the conference The Gateway session should terminate When an endpoint connects through MGC Gateway the layout is automatically defined as 1x1 Personal layout instead of applying the conference layout When you try to add the flag REDIAL_INTERVAL_IN_ SECONDS in the System Configuration an error code appears 30432 Critical fan alert is displayed in the RMX Hardware Monitor in Event Log properties box while in the Hardware Monitor pane the system status is displayed correctly as Normal General VNGR 16457 An MCU internal problem occurred ConfPartyMculnternalPro blem Party 2467 Conf 744 receives Failure Status for opcode CONFPARTY_CM_OPEN _UDP_PORT_REQ Req 799954 General VNGR 15745 General VNGR 17454 k a P P E iE ER i 7 175 S POLYCOM RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J Table 6 Corrections Between Version 5 1 0 G and Version 7 5 0 J Continued ee Detected Workaroun G
302. ycom Inc All rights reserved Polycom Inc 4750 Willow Road Pleasanton CA 94588 2708 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Polycom Inc Under the law reproducing includes translating into another language or format As between the parties Polycom Inc retains title to and ownership of all proprietary rights with respect to the software contained within its products The software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provision Therefore you must treat the software like any other copyrighted material e g a book or sound recording Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate Polycom Inc is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Information in this document is subject to change without notice 3 POLYCOM Table of Contents New Hardware RMX 1500 nicic cscicsctsectnsstedecsscastesancesserssssstecnnsteienstsnrsentansescenaee 1 New Hardware MPMX Media Card ccsesssssssssessesssesssnessseesssesseesseeeeaes 2 Version 7 5 0 J New Security Features cccccsscccssseeeesseseeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeees 3 Version 7 5 0 J Changes to Existing Security Features cccsssseeeees 4 Version 7 5 0 New FOQture iciiiisicccincisisassnssasensecanvessnnnccsnnncssesianaacasascuaneseas 5 Version 7 5 0 J
303. yone using this system expressly consents to such monitoring and is advised that if such monitoring reveals possible criminal activity system personnel may provide th vidence of such monitoring to law enforcement officials Sample 3 Banner You are about to access a system that is intended for authorized users only You should have no expectation of privacy in your use of this system Use of this system constitutes consent to monitoring retrieval and disclosure of any information stored within the system for any purpose including criminal prosecution Sample 4 Banner This computer system including all related equipment network devices specifically including Internet access is provided only for authorized use All computer systems may be monitored for all lawful purposes including ensuring that their use is authorized for management of the system to facilitate protection against unauthorized access and to verify security procedures survivability and operational security Monitoring includes active attacks by authorized personnel and their entities to test or verify the security of the system During monitoring information may b xamined recorded copied and used for authorized purposes All information including personal information placed on or sent over this system may be monitored Use of this system authorized or unauthorized constitutes consent to monitoring of this system Unauthorized use may subject you to criminal pros
304. ystem although the MCU continues to work normally General RMX status changes to Major following RMX failure to connect to the NTP servers General NTP failure message remained after Socket 13247 13331 reconnect board id 5 procedure VNGFE 2336 General Insufficient resources indication and a Major alarm are displayed when the MPM card did not complete the startup process and could not be recognized by the system General After the upgrade to v4 1 1 19 newly created Meeting Rooms cannot be used but existing Meeting Rooms work successfully Card recovery process does not work General On a PC with Vista OS the RMX Manager 12195 application cannot be installed General In the Hardware Monitoring statistics are not 12298 displayed when monitoring the LAN General Core dump occurs and endpoints cannot move 12712 from the EQ to the destination Ad Hoc conference 12713 13332 created when VNGFE e The RMX is configured to Fixed Resource 2359 Capacity and all resources are set to CIF VSW e The system flag ENABLE_H239 NO General A in the password of an RMX Version 3 0 or 4 0 10341 account prevents access to Hardware Monitor and 1992 generates an error when user tries to access the hardware 197 RMX 1500 2000 4000 Release Notes for Maximum Security Environments Version 7 5 0 J 198 S POLYCOM Table 7 Corrections Between Version 4 5 0 F and Version 5 1 0G Continued re sen rw 27 General The Operator and

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

STATE OF UTAH DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION May 12  Lead3ng!n〟。vatmn))) 東之電球形蛍光灯器具取扱師  BDA_Trophy20  FICHE D`INSCRIPTION A L`ENTRETIEN  Epson VS400 User Replaceable Parts List  User's Guide - The Marionette Group Inc.  Hoefer HB1000  AFEN 6/10_10-sprachig - produktinfo.conrad.com  Chief GART-S rack accessory  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file